10-K
Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 10-K

 

 

(Mark one)

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended: December 31, 2015

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                      to                     

Commission file number: 0-4887

 

 

UMB FINANCIAL CORPORATION

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Missouri   43-0903811

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

1010 Grand Boulevard, Kansas City, Missouri   64106
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code): (816) 860-7000

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock, $1.00 Par Value   The NASDAQ Global Select Market

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

 

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.    ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer   x    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   ¨  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ¨     No  x

As of June 30, 2015 the aggregate market value of common stock outstanding held by nonaffiliates of the registrant was approximately $2,482,162,139 based on the closing price of the registrant’s common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market on that date.

Indicate the number of shares outstanding of the registrant’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date.

 

Class

 

Outstanding at February 18, 2016

2016 Common Stock, $1.00 Par Value   49,530,817

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A to be delivered to shareholders in connection with the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on April 26, 2016, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

INDEX

 

PART I

     3   

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

     3   

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

     11   

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

     19   

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

     19   

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

     19   

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

     19   

PART II

     20   

ITEM  5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

     20   

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

     22   

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     23   

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

     53   

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

     61   

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

     120   

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

     120   

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

     122   

PART III

     122   

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

     122   

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     122   

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

     123   

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

     124   

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

     124   

PART IV

     125   

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

     125   

SIGNATURES

     127   

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT

  

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT

  

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350 AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

  

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350 AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

  


Table of Contents

PART I

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

General

UMB Financial Corporation (together with its consolidated subsidiaries unless the context requires otherwise, the Company) is a diversified financial holding company that is headquartered in Kansas City, Missouri. Together with its subsidiaries, the Company supplies banking services, institutional investment management, asset servicing, and payment solutions to its customers in the United States and around the globe.

The Company was organized as a corporation under Missouri law in 1967 and is registered as a bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the BHCA) and a financial holding company under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999, as amended (the GLBA). The Company currently owns all of the outstanding stock of one national bank and several nonbank subsidiaries.

The Company’s national bank, UMB Bank, National Association (the Bank), has its principal office in Missouri and also has branches in Arizona, Colorado, Illinois, Kansas, Nebraska, Oklahoma, and Texas. The Bank offers a full complement of banking products and other services to commercial, retail, government, and correspondent-bank customers, including a wide range of asset-management, trust, bank-card, and cash-management services.

The Company’s significant nonbank subsidiaries include the following:

 

    Scout Investments, Inc. (Scout) is an institutional asset-management company that is headquartered in Kansas City, Missouri. Scout offers domestic and international equity strategies through its Scout Asset Management Division and fixed income strategies through its Reams Asset Management Division.

 

    UMB Fund Services, Inc. (UMBFS) is located in Milwaukee, Wisconsin, Chadds Ford, Pennsylvania, and Ogden, Utah, and provides fund accounting, transfer agency, and other services to mutual fund and alternative-investment groups.

On a full-time equivalent basis at December 31, 2015, the Company and its subsidiaries employed 3,830 persons.

Business Segments

The Company’s products and services are grouped into four segments: Bank, Institutional Investment Management, Asset Servicing, and Payment Solutions.

These segments and their financial results are described in detail in (i) the section of Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations entitled Business Segments, which can be found in Part II, Item 7, pages 35 through 37, of this report and (ii) Note 12, “Business Segment Reporting,” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, which can be found in Part II, Item 8, pages 98 through 99 of this report.

Competition

The Company faces intense competition in each of its business segments and in all of the markets and geographic regions that the Company serves. Competition comes from both traditional and non-traditional financial-services providers, including banks, savings associations, finance companies, investment advisors, asset managers, mutual funds, private-equity firms, hedge funds, brokerage firms, mortgage-banking companies, credit-card companies, insurance companies, trust companies, securities processing companies, and credit unions. Recently, financial-technology (fintech) companies have been partnering more often with financial-services

 

3


Table of Contents

providers to compete with the Company for lending, payments, and other business. Many competitors are not subject to the same kind or degree of supervision and regulation as the Company.

Competition is based on a number of factors. Banking customers are generally influenced by convenience, rates and pricing, personal experience, quality and availability of products and other services, lending limits, transaction execution, and reputation. Investment advisory services compete primarily on returns, expenses, third-party ratings, and the reputation and performance of managers. Asset servicing competes primarily on price, quality of services, and reputation. The Company and its competitors all are impacted by the overall economy and health of the financial markets. The degree of impact will vary based on the basis of risk of each competitor and their approach to managing them.

Successfully competing in the Company’s chosen markets and regions also depends on the Company’s ability to attract, retain, and motivate talented employees, to invest in technology and infrastructure, and to innovate, all the while effectively managing its expenses. The Company expects that competition will only intensify in the future.

Government Monetary and Fiscal Policies

In addition to the impact of general economic conditions, the Company’s business, results of operations, financial condition, capital, liquidity, and prospects are significantly affected by government monetary and fiscal policies that are announced or implemented in the United States and abroad.

A sizeable influence is exerted, in particular, by the policies of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the FRB), which influences monetary and credit conditions in the economy in pursuit of maximum employment, stable prices, and moderate long-term interest rates. Among the FRB’s policy tools are (1) open market operations (that is, purchases or sales of securities in the open market for the purpose of adjusting the supply of reserve balances and thus achieving targeted federal funds rates or for the purpose of putting pressure on longer-term interest rates and thus achieving more desirable levels of economic activity and job creation), (2) the discount rate charged on loans by the Federal Reserve Banks, (3) the level of reserves required to be held by depository institutions against specified deposit liabilities, (4) the interest paid or charged on balances maintained with the Federal Reserve Banks by depository institutions, including balances used to satisfy their reserve requirements, and (5) other deposit and loan facilities.

The FRB and its policies have a substantial impact on the availability and demand for loans and deposits, the rates and other aspects of pricing for loans and deposits, and the conditions in equity, fixed income, currency, and other markets in which the Company operates. Policies announced or implemented by other central banks around the world have a meaningful effect as well and sometimes may be coordinated with those of the FRB.

Tax and other fiscal policies, moreover, impact not only general economic conditions but also give rise to incentives or disincentives that affect how the Company and its customers prioritize objectives, operate businesses, and deploy resources.

Regulation and Supervision

The Company is subject to regulatory frameworks in the United States at federal, State, and local levels. In addition, the Company is subject to the direct supervision of various government authorities charged with overseeing the kinds of financial activities conducted by its business segments.

This section summarizes some pertinent provisions of the principal laws that apply to the Company. The descriptions, however, are not complete and are qualified in their entirety by the full text and judicial or administrative interpretations of those laws and other laws that affect the Company.

 

4


Table of Contents

Overview

The Company is a bank holding company under the BHCA and a financial holding company under the GLBA. As a result, the Company – including all of its businesses and operations in the United States and abroad – are subject to the regulation, supervision, and examination of the FRB and to restrictions on permissible activities. This scheme of regulation, supervision, and examination is intended primarily for the protection and benefit of depositors and other customers of the Bank, the Deposit Insurance Fund (the DIF) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the FDIC), the banking and financial systems as a whole, and the broader economy, not for the protection or benefit of the Company’s shareholders or its non-deposit creditors.

Many of the Company’s subsidiaries are also subject to separate or related forms of regulation, supervision, and examination: for example, (1) the Bank by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the OCC) under the National Banking Acts, the FDIC under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (the FDIA) , and the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (the CFPB) under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the Dodd-Frank Act); (2) Scout, Scout Distributors, LLC, UMBFS, UMB Distribution Services, LLC, UMB Financial Services, Inc., and Prairie Capital Management, LLC by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the SEC) and State regulatory authorities under federal and State securities laws, and UMB Distribution Services, LLC and UMB Financial Services, Inc. by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) as well; and (3) UMB Insurance, Inc. by State regulatory authorities under applicable State insurance laws. These schemes, like that overseen by the FRB, are designed to protect public or private interests that often are not aligned with those of the Company’s shareholders or non-deposit creditors.

The FRB possesses extensive authorities and powers to regulate the conduct of the Company’s businesses and operations. If the FRB were to take the position that the Company or any of its subsidiaries have violated any law or commitment or engaged in any unsafe or unsound practice, formal or informal corrective or enforcement actions could be taken by the FRB against the Company, its subsidiaries, and institution-affiliated parties (such as directors, officers, and agents). These enforcement actions could include an imposition of civil monetary penalties and could directly affect not only the Company, its subsidiaries, and institution-affiliated parties but also the Company’s counterparties, shareholders, and creditors and its commitments, arrangements, or other dealings with them. The OCC has similarly expansive authorities and powers over the Bank and its subsidiaries, as does the CFPB over matters involving consumer financial laws. The SEC, FINRA, and other domestic or foreign government authorities also have an array of means at their disposal to regulate and enforce matters within their jurisdiction that could impact the Company’s businesses and operations.

Restrictions on Permissible Activities and Corporate Matters

Bank holding companies and their subsidiaries, under the BHCA, are generally limited to the business of banking and to closely-related activities that are incident to banking.

As a bank holding company that has elected to become a financial holding company under the GLBA, the Company is also able – directly or indirectly through its subsidiaries – to engage in activities that are financial in nature, that are incidental to a financial activity, or that are complementary to a financial activity and do not pose a substantial risk to the safety or soundness of depository institutions or the financial system generally. Activities that are financial in nature include (1) underwriting, dealing in, or making a market in securities, (2) providing financial, investment, or economic advisory services, (3) underwriting insurance, and (4) merchant banking.

The Company’s ability to directly or indirectly engage in these banking and financial activities, however, is subject to conditions and other limits imposed by law or the FRB and, in some cases, requires the approval of the FRB or other government authorities. These conditions or other limits may arise due to the particular type of activity or, in other cases, may apply to the Company’s business more generally. An example of the former is the substantial restrictions on the timing, amount, form, substance, interconnectedness, and management of the Company’s merchant banking investments. An example of the latter is a condition that, in order for the Company

 

5


Table of Contents

to engage in broader financial activities, its depository institutions must remain “well capitalized” and “well managed” under applicable banking laws and must receive at least a “satisfactory” rating under the Community Reinvestment Act (CRA).

Under amendments to the BHCA effected by the Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of 1994 and the Dodd-Frank Act, the Company may acquire banks outside of its home State of Missouri, subject to specified limits and may establish new branches in other States to the same extent as banks chartered in those States. Under the BHCA, however, the Company must procure the prior approval of the FRB and possibly other government authorities to directly or indirectly acquire ownership or control of five percent or more of any class of voting securities of, or substantially all of the assets of, an unaffiliated bank, savings association, or bank holding company. In deciding whether to approve any acquisition or branch, the FRB, the OCC, and other government authorities will consider public or private interests that may not be aligned with those of the Company’s shareholders or non-deposit creditors. The FRB also has the power to require the Company to divest any depository institution that cannot maintain its “well capitalized” or “well managed” status.

The FRB maintains a targeted policy that requires a bank holding company to inform and consult with the staff of the FRB sufficiently in advance of (1) declaring and paying a dividend that could raise safety and soundness concerns (for example, a dividend that exceeds earnings in the period for which the dividend is being paid), (2) redeeming or repurchasing regulatory capital instruments when the holding company is experiencing financial weaknesses, or (3) redeeming or repurchasing common stock or perpetual preferred stock that would result in a net reduction as of the end of the quarter in the amount of those equity instruments outstanding compared with the beginning of the quarter in which the redemption or repurchase occurred.

Requirements Affecting the Relationships among the Company, Its Subsidiaries, and Other Affiliates

The Company is a legal entity separate and distinct from the Bank, Scout, UMBFS, and its other subsidiaries but receives the vast majority of its revenue in the form of dividends from those subsidiaries. Without the approval of the OCC, however, dividends payable by the Bank in any calendar year may not exceed the lesser of (1) the current year’s net income combined with the retained net income of the two preceding years and (2) undivided profits. In addition, under the Basel III capital-adequacy standards described below under the heading “Capital-Adequacy Standards,” the Bank is required beginning January 1, 2016, to maintain a capital conservation buffer in excess of its minimum risk-based capital ratios and will be restricted in declaring and paying dividends whenever the buffer is breached. The authorities and powers of the FRB, the OCC, and other government authorities to prevent any unsafe or unsound practice also could be employed to further limit the dividends that the Bank or the Company’s other subsidiaries may declare and pay to the Company.

The Dodd-Frank Act codified the FRB’s policy requiring a bank holding company like the Company to serve as a source of financial strength for its depository-institution subsidiaries and to commit resources to support those subsidiaries in circumstances when the Company might not otherwise elect to do so. The functional regulator of any nonbank subsidiary of the Company, however, may prevent that subsidiary from directly or indirectly contributing its financial support, and if that were to preclude the Company from serving as an adequate source of financial strength, the FRB may instead require the divestiture of depository-institution subsidiaries and impose operating restrictions pending such a divestiture.

A number of laws, principally Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act, and the FRB’s Regulation W, also exist to prevent the Company and its nonbank subsidiaries from taking improper advantage of the benefits afforded to the Bank as a depository institution, including its access to federal deposit insurance and the discount window. These laws generally require the Bank and its subsidiaries to deal with the Company and its nonbank subsidiaries only on market terms and, in addition, impose restrictions on the Bank and its subsidiaries in directly or indirectly extending credit to or engaging in other covered transactions with the Company or its nonbank subsidiaries. The Dodd-Frank Act rextended the restrictions to derivatives and securities lending

 

6


Table of Contents

transactions and expanded the restrictions for transactions involving hedge funds or private-equity funds that are owned or sponsored by the Company or its nonbank subsidiaries.

In addition, under amendments to the BHCA set forth in the Dodd-Frank Act and commonly known as the Volcker Rule, the Company is subject to extensive limits on proprietary trading and on owning or sponsoring hedge funds and private-equity funds. The limits on proprietary trading are largely directed toward purchases or sales of financial instruments by a banking entity as principal primarily for the purpose of short-term resale, a benefit from actual or expected short-term price movements, or the realization of short-term arbitrage profits. The limits on owning or sponsoring hedge funds and private-equity funds are designed to ensure that banking entities generally maintain only small positions in managed or advised funds and are not exposed to significant losses arising directly or indirectly from them. The Volcker Rule also provides for increased capital charges, quantitative limits, rigorous compliance programs, and other restrictions on permitted proprietary trading and fund activities, including a prohibition on transactions with a covered fund that would constitute a covered transaction under Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act.

Additional Requirements under the Dodd-Frank Act

On an annual basis, the Company and the Bank are required under the Dodd-Frank Act to conduct forward-looking, company-run stress tests as an aid to ensuring that each entity would have sufficient capital to absorb losses and support operations during adverse economic conditions. Summaries of stress-test results for the Company and the Bank are expected to be disclosed each year in the fall.

Several additional requirements under the Dodd-Frank Act and related regulations apply by their terms only to bank holding companies with consolidated assets of $50 billion or more and systemically important nonbank financial companies. These requirements include enhanced prudential standards, submission to the comprehensive capital analysis and review, more stringent capital and liquidity requirements, stricter limits on leverage, early remediation requirements, resolution planning, single-counterparty exposure limits, increased liabilities for assessments to the FRB and the FDIC, and mandates imposed by the Financial Stability Oversight Council. While the Company and its subsidiaries are not expressly subject to these requirements, their imposition on global and super-regional institutions has resulted in heightened supervision of regional institutions like the Company by the FRB, the OCC, and other government authorities and in a more aggressive use of their extensive authorities and powers to regulate the Company’s businesses and operations.

Capital-Adequacy Standards

The FRB and the OCC have adopted risk-based capital and leverage guidelines that require the capital-to-assets ratios of bank holding companies and national banks, respectively, to meet specified minimum standards.

The risk-based capital ratios are based on a banking organization’s risk-weighted asset amounts (RWAs), which are generally determined under the standardized approach applicable to the Company and the Bank by (1) assigning on-balance-sheet exposures to broad risk-weight categories according to the counterparty or, if relevant, the guarantor or collateral (with higher risk weights assigned to categories of exposures perceived as representing greater risk) and (2) multiplying off-balance-sheet exposures by specified credit conversion factors to calculate credit equivalent amounts and assigning those credit equivalent amounts to the relevant risk-weight categories. The leverage ratio, in contrast, is based on an institution’s average on-balance-sheet exposures alone.

Prior to January 1, 2015, the Company and the Bank were subject to capital-adequacy standards that had originally been promulgated in 1989 and that are commonly known as Basel I. The Company and the Bank were required to maintain, under Basel I, a minimum total risk-based capital ratio of total qualifying capital to RWAs of 8.0%, a minimum tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of tier 1 capital to RWAs of 4.0%, and a minimum tier 1 leverage ratio of tier 1 capital to average on-balance-sheet exposures of 4.0%.

 

7


Table of Contents

In July 2013, the FRB and the OCC issued comprehensive revisions to the capital-adequacy standards, commonly known as Basel III, to which the Company and the Bank began transitioning on January 1, 2015, with full compliance required by January 1, 2019. Basel III bolsters the quantity and quality of capital required under the capital-adequacy guidelines, in part, by (1) imposing a new minimum common-equity tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 4.5%, (2) raising the minimum tier 1 risk-based capital ratio to 6.0%, (3) establishing a new capital conservation buffer of common-equity tier 1 capital to RWAs of 2.5%, (4) amending the definition of qualifying capital to be more conservative, and (5) limiting capital distributions and specified discretionary bonus payments whenever the capital conservation buffer is breached. Basel III also enhances the risk sensitivity of the standardized approach to determining a banking organization’s RWAs.

The capital ratios for the Company and the Bank as of December 31, 2015, are set forth below:

 

     Tier 1
Leverage Ratio
     Tier 1 Risk-
Based Capital
Ratio
     Common Equity
Tier 1 Capital
Ratio
     Total Risk-Based
Capital Ratio
 

UMB Financial Corporation

     9.08         11.86         11.74         12.80   

UMB Bank, n.a.

     8.13         10.63         10.63         11.22   

These capital-to-assets ratios also play a central role in prompt corrective action (PCA), which is an enforcement framework used by the federal banking agencies to constrain the activities of banking organizations based on their levels of regulatory capital. Five categories have been established using thresholds for the total risk-based capital ratio, the tier 1 risk-based capital ratio, the common-equity tier 1 risk-based capital ratio, and the leverage ratio: well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized. While bank holding companies are not subject to the PCA framework, the FRB is empowered to compel a holding company to take measures – such as the execution of financial or performance guarantees – when prompt corrective action is required in connection with one of its depository-institution subsidiaries. At December 31, 2015, the Bank was well capitalized under the PCA framework.

Basel III includes a number of more rigorous provisions applicable only to banking organizations that are larger or more internationally active than the Company and the Bank. These include, for example, a supplementary leverage ratio incorporating off-balance-sheet exposures, a liquidity coverage ratio, and a net stable funding ratio. As with the Dodd-Frank Act, these standards may be informally applied or considered by the FRB and the OCC in their regulation, supervision, and examination of the Company and the Bank.

Deposit Insurance and Related Matters

The deposits of the Bank are insured by the FDIC in the standard insurance amount of $250 thousand per depositor for each account ownership category. This insurance is funded through assessments on the Bank and other insured depository institutions. In connection with implementing the Dodd-Frank Act, the FDIC in 2011 changed each institution’s assessment base from its total insured deposits to its average consolidated total assets less average tangible equity and created a scorecard method for calculating assessments that combines CAMELS ratings and specified forward-looking financial measures to determine each institution’s risk to the DIF. The Dodd-Frank Act also requires the FDIC, in setting assessments, to offset the effect of increasing its reserve for the DIF on institutions with consolidated assets of less than $10 billion. The result of this revised approach to deposit-insurance assessments is generally an increase in costs, on an absolute or relative basis, for institutions with consolidated assets of $10 billion or more.

If an insured depository institution such as the Bank were to become insolvent or if other specified events were to occur relating to its financial condition or the propriety of its actions, the FDIC may be appointed as conservator or receiver for the institution. In that capacity, the FDIC would have the power (1) to transfer assets and liabilities of the institution to another person or entity without the approval of the institution’s creditors, (2) to require that its claims process be followed and to enforce statutory or other limits on damages claimed by the institution’s creditors, (3) to enforce the institution’s contracts or leases according to their terms, (4) to

 

8


Table of Contents

repudiate or disaffirm the institution’s contracts or leases, (5) to seek to reclaim, recover, or recharacterize transfers of the institution’s assets or to exercise control over assets in which the institution may claim an interest, (6) to enforce statutory or other injunctions, and (7) to exercise a wide range of other rights, powers, and authorities, including those that could impair the rights and interests of all or some of the institution’s creditors. In addition, the administrative expenses of the conservator or receiver could be afforded priority over all or some of the claims of the institution’s creditors, and under the FDIA, the claims of depositors (including the FDIC as subrogee of depositors) would enjoy priority over the claims of the institution’s unsecured creditors.

The FDIA also provides that an insured depository institution can be held liable for any loss incurred or expected to be incurred by the FDIC in connection with another commonly controlled insured depository institution that is in default or in danger of default. This cross-guarantee liability is generally superior in right of payment to claims of the institution’s holding company and its affiliates.

Other Regulatory and Supervisory Matters

As a public company, the Company is subject to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act), the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act), the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and other federal and State securities laws. In addition, because the Company’s common stock is listed with The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC (NASDAQ), the Company is subject to the listing rules of that exchange.

The Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970 (commonly known as the Bank Secrecy Act), the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001, and related laws require all financial institutions, including banks and broker-dealers, to establish a risk-based system of internal controls reasonably designed to prevent money laundering and the financing of terrorism. These laws are include a variety of recordkeeping and reporting requirements (such as currency and suspicious activity reporting) as well as know-your-customer and due-diligence rules.

Under the CRA, the Bank has a continuing and affirmative obligation to help meet the credit needs of its local communities – including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods – consistent with safe and sound banking practices. The CRA does not create specific lending programs but does establish the framework and criteria by which the OCC regularly assesses the Bank’s record in meeting these credit needs. The Bank’s ratings under the CRA are taken into account by the FRB and the OCC when considering merger or other specified applications that the Company or the Bank may submit from time to time.

The Bank is subject as well to a vast array of consumer-protection laws, such as qualified-mortgage and other mortgage-related rules under the jurisdiction of the CFPB. Lending limits, restrictions on tying arrangements, limits on permissible interest-rate charges, and other laws governing the conduct of banking or fiduciary activities are also applicable to the Bank. In addition, the GLBA imposes on the Company and its subsidiaries a number of obligations relating to financial privacy.

Acquisitions

On May 31, 2015 (the Acquisition Date), the Company acquired all of the outstanding common stock of Marquette Financial Companies (Marquette). The owners of Marquette received 9.2295 shares of the Company’s common stock for each share of Marquette common stock owned at the Acquisition Date (approximately 3.47 million shares in the aggregate). The market value of the shares of the Company’s common stock issued at the effective time of the merger was approximately $179.7 million, based on the closing price of the Company’s common stock of $51.79 per share on May 29, 2015. See further information in Note 15, “Acquisitions,” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, which can be found in Part II, Item 8, pages 102 through 104 of this report.

 

9


Table of Contents

Statistical Disclosure

The information required by Guide 3, “Statistical Disclosure by Bank Holding Companies,” has been included in Part II, Items 6, 7, and 7A, pages 22 through 60, of this report.

Executive Officers of the Registrant. The following are the executive officers of the Company, each of whom is appointed annually, and there are no arrangements or understandings between any of the executive officers and any other person pursuant to which such person was elected as an officer.

 

Name

 

Age

  

Position with Registrant

Anthony J. Fischer

  57    Mr. Fischer was named the President of UMB Fund Services, Inc. in July 2014. Prior to that, he served UMB Fund Services Inc. as an Executive Vice President in charge of Business Development from March 2013 until June 2014 and as a Senior Vice President in Business Development from February 2008 through February 2013.

Michael D. Hagedorn

  49    Mr. Hagedorn has served as Vice Chairman of the Company since October 2009 and was named President and Chief Executive Officer of the Bank in January 2014. He was appointed interim Chief Financial Officer of the Company in October 2015. Between March 2005 and January 2014, he served as Chief Financial Officer of the Company and, from October 2009 to January 2014, also as Chief Administrative Officer of the Company. He previously served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Wells Fargo, Midwest Banking Group, from April 2001 to March 2005.

Andrew J. Iseman

  51    Mr. Iseman joined Scout as Chief Executive Officer in August 2010. From February 2009 to June 2010, he served as Chief Operating Officer of RK Capital Management. He was previously employed by Janus Capital Group from January 2003 to April 2008, most recently serving as its Executive Vice President from January 2008 to April 2008 and also as its Chief Operating Officer from May 2007 to April 2008.

Shannon A. Johnson

  36    Ms. Johnson has served as Executive Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer of the Company since April of 2015. Ms. Johnson’s previous positions with the Company include Senior Vice President, Executive Director of Talent Management and Development, and Senior Vice President, Director of Talent Management. Ms. Johnson held these positions from May 2011 to April 2015, and December 2009 to May 2011, respectively.

J. Mariner Kemper

  43    Mr. Kemper has served as the President of the Company since November 2015 and as the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company since May 2004. He served as the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Bank between December 2012 and January 2014, and as the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of UMB Bank Colorado, n.a. (a prior subsidiary of the Company) between 2000 and 2012. He was President of UMB Bank Colorado from 1997 to 2000. Mr. Kemper is the brother of Mr. Alexander C. Kemper, who currently serves on the Company’s Board of Directors.

David D. Kling

  67    Mr. Kling served as Executive Vice President and Chief Risk Officer of the Company from October 2008 until December 2015. From November 2007 until October 2008, he served as the Executive Vice President for Enterprise Services of the Bank. He also served as Executive Vice President of Financial Services and Support of the Bank from 1997 to 2007.

 

10


Table of Contents

Kevin M. Macke

  43    Mr. Macke has served as Executive Vice President and Director of Operations for the Bank since November of 2015. In addition, beginning in January of 2014 and ending in December of 2015, Mr. Macke served as the Chief Financial Officer of the Bank. Prior to this time, Mr. Macke held several other positions within the Company or the Bank, including Director of Strategic Technology Initiatives with the Bank from November 2010 to January 2014, and Director of Financial Planning and Analysis with the Company from August 2005 to November 2010.

Jennifer M. Payne

  39    Ms. Payne was named as Executive Vice President and Chief Risk Officer of the Company in January 2016. Prior to this time, she served the Company as Director of Corporate Risk Services and Director of Corporate Audit Services, from May 2012 to December 2015, and August 2005 to May 2012, respectively.

Scott A. Stengel

  44    Mr. Stengel has served as Executive Vice President and General Counsel of the Company and the Bank since January 2014. He joined the Company as Senior Vice President and Deputy General Counsel in April 2013 after practicing law in Washington D.C., as a partner with King & Spalding LLP from 2011 to 2013 and as a partner with Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe LLP from 2005 to 2011.

Christian R. Swett

  60    Mr. Swett has served as Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer of the Company since January 2011. Prior to this, Mr. Swett was an Executive Vice President.

Thomas S. Terry

  52    Mr. Terry has served as Executive Vice President and Chief Lending Officer of the Company since January 2011. Prior to this time, Mr. Terry served as Executive Vice President.

Brian J. Walker

  44    Mr. Walker has served as Executive Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer of the Company since January 2014 and June 2007, respectively. He previously served as Chief Financial Officer of the Company from January 2014 to October 2015. From July 2004 to June 2007, he served as a Certified Public Accountant for KPMG LLP, where he worked primarily as an auditor for financial institutions. He worked as a Certified Public Accountant for Deloitte & Touche LLP from November 2002 to July 2004.

The Company makes available free of charge on its website at www.umb.com/investor, its annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to such reports, as soon as reasonably practicable after it electronically files or furnishes such material with or to the SEC.

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

Financial-services companies routinely encounter and address risks and uncertainties. In the following paragraphs, the Company describes some of the principal risks and uncertainties that could adversely affect its business, results of operations, financial condition (including capital and liquidity), or prospects or the value of or return on an investment in the Company. These risks and uncertainties, however, are not the only ones faced by the Company. Other risks and uncertainties that are not presently known to the Company, that it has failed to appreciate, or that it currently considers immaterial may adversely affect the Company as well. Except where otherwise noted, the descriptions here address risks and uncertainties that may affect the Company as well as its subsidiaries. These risk factors should be read in conjunction with Management’s Discussion and Analysis of

Financial Condition and Results of Operations (which can be found in Part II, Item 7 of this report beginning on page 23) and the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (which can be found in Part II, Item 8 of this report beginning on page 68).

 

11


Table of Contents

The levels of or changes in interest rates could affect the Company’s business or performance. The Company’s business, results of operations, and financial condition are highly dependent on net interest income, which is the difference between interest income on earning assets (such as loans and investments) and interest expense on deposits and borrowings. Net interest income is significantly affected by market rates of interest, which in turn are influenced by monetary and fiscal policies, general economic conditions, the regulatory environment, competitive pressures, and expectations about future changes in interest rates. The policies and regulations of the FRB, in particular, have a substantial impact on market rates of interest. See “Government Monetary and Fiscal Policies” in Part I, Item 1 of this report beginning on page 4. The Company may be adversely affected by policies, regulations, or events that have the effect of altering the difference between long-term and short-term interest rates (commonly known as the yield curve), depressing the interest rates associated with its earning assets to levels near the rates associated with its interest expense, or changing the spreads among different interest-rate indices. The Company’s customers and counterparties also may be negatively impacted by the levels of or changes in interest rates, which could increase the risk of delinquency or default on obligations to the Company. The levels of or changes in interest rates, moreover, may have an adverse effect on the value of the Company’s investment portfolio and other financial instruments, the return on or demand for loans, the prepayment speed of loans, the cost or availability of deposits or other funding sources, or the purchase or sale of investment securities. In addition, a rapid change in interest rates could result in interest expense increasing faster than interest income because of differences in the maturities of the Company’s assets and liabilities. The level of and changes in market rates of interest – and, as a result, these risks and uncertainties – are beyond the Company’s control. The dynamics among these risks and uncertainties are also challenging to assess and manage. For example, while the highly accommodative monetary policy currently adopted by the FRB may benefit the Company to some degree by spurring economic activity among its customers, such a policy may ultimately cause the Company more harm by inhibiting its ability to grow or sustain net interest income. See “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk – Interest Rate Risk” in Part II, Item 7A of this report beginning on page 54 for a discussion of how the Company monitors and manages interest-rate risk.

Weak or deteriorating economic conditions, more liberal origination or underwriting standards, or financial or systemic shocks could increase the Company’s credit risk and adversely affect its lending or other banking businesses and the value of its loans or investment securities. The Company’s business and results of operations depend significantly on general economic conditions. When those conditions are weak or deteriorating in any of the markets or regions where the Company operates, its business or performance could be adversely affected. The Company’s lending and other banking businesses, in particular, are susceptible to weak or deteriorating economic conditions, which could result in reduced loan demand or utilization rates and at the same time increased delinquencies or defaults. These kinds of conditions also could dampen the demand for products and other services in the Company’s investment-management, asset-servicing, insurance, brokerage, or related businesses. Increased delinquencies or defaults could result as well from the Company adopting – for strategic, competitive, or other reasons – more liberal origination or underwriting standards for extensions of credit or other dealings with its customers or counterparties. If delinquencies or defaults on the Company’s loans or investment securities increase, their value and the income derived from them could be adversely affected, and the Company could incur administrative and other costs in seeking a recovery on its claims and any collateral. Weak or deteriorating economic conditions also may negatively impact the market value and liquidity of the Company’s investment securities, and the Company may be required to record additional impairment charges if investment securities suffer a decline in value that is considered other-than-temporary. In addition, to the extent that loan charge-offs exceed estimates, an increase to the amount of provision expense related to the allowance for loan losses would reduce the Company’s income. See “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk – Credit Risk” in Part II, Item 7A of this report beginning on page 58 for a discussion of how the Company monitors and manages credit risk. A financial or systemic shock and a failure of a significant counterparty or a significant group of counterparties could negatively impact the Company as well, possibly to a severe degree, due to its role as a financial intermediary and the interconnectedness of the financial system.

 

12


Table of Contents

A meaningful part of the Company’s loan portfolio is secured by real estate and, as a result, could be negatively impacted by deteriorating or volatile real-estate markets or associated environmental liabilities. At December 31, 2015, 37.8 percent of the Company’s aggregate loan portfolio – comprised of commercial real-estate loans (representing 28.2 percent of the aggregate loan portfolio), construction real-estate loans (representing 4.4 percent of the aggregate loan portfolio), and residential real-estate loans (representing 5.2 percent of the aggregate loan portfolio) – was primarily secured by interests in real estate predominantly located in the States where the Company operates. Other credit extended by the Company may be secured in part by real estate as well. Real-estate values in the markets where this collateral is located may be different from, and in some instances worse than, real-estate values in other markets or in the United States as a whole and may be affected by general economic conditions and a variety of other factors outside of the control of the Company or its customers. Any deterioration or volatility in these real-estate markets could result in increased delinquencies or defaults, could adversely affect the value of the loans and the income to be derived from them, could give rise to unreimbursed recovery costs, and could reduce the demand for new or additional credit and related banking products and other services, all to the detriment of the Company’s business and performance. In addition, if hazardous or toxic substances were found on any real estate that the Company acquires in foreclosure or otherwise, substantial liability may arise for compliance and remediation costs, personal injury, or property damage.

Challenging business, economic, or market conditions could adversely affect the Company’s fee-based banking, investment-management, asset-servicing, or other businesses. The Company’s fee-based banking, investment-management, asset-servicing, and other businesses are driven by wealth creation in the economy, robust market activity, monetary and fiscal stability, and positive investor, business, and consumer sentiment. Economic downturns, market disruptions, high unemployment or underemployment, unsustainable debt levels, depressed real-estate markets, or other challenging business, economic, or market conditions could adversely affect these businesses and their results. For example, if any of these conditions were to cause flows into or the fair value of assets held in the funds and accounts advised by Scout to weaken or decline, Scout’s revenue could be negatively impacted. If the funds or other groups that are clients of UMBFS were to encounter similar difficulties, UMBFS’s revenue also could suffer. The Company’s bank-card revenue is driven primarily by transaction volumes in business and consumer spending that generate interchange fees, and any of these conditions could dampen those volumes. Other fee-based banking businesses that could be adversely affected include trading, asset management, custody, trust, and cash and treasury management.

The Company’s investment-management and asset-servicing businesses could be negatively impacted by declines in assets under management or administration or by shifts in the mix of assets under management or administration. The revenues of Scout, Prairie Capital Management (PCM), and the Company’s other investment-management businesses are highly dependent on advisory fee income. These businesses generally earn higher fees on equity-based or alternative investments and strategies and lower fees on fixed income investments and strategies. Advisory-fee income may be negatively impacted by an absolute decline in assets under management or by a shift in the mix of assets under management from equities or alternatives to fixed income. Such a decline or shift could be caused or influenced by any number of factors, such as underperformance in absolute or relative terms, loss of key advisers or other talent, changes in investing preferences or trends, market downturns or volatility, drops in investor confidence, reputational damage, increased competition, or general economic conditions. Any of these factors also could affect clients of UMBFS, and if this were to cause a decline in assets under administration at UMBFS or an adverse shift in the mix of those assets, the performance of UMBFS could suffer.

To the extent that the Company continues to maintain a sizeable portfolio of available-for-sale investment securities, its income may be adversely affected and its reported equity more volatile. As of December 31, 2015, the Company’s securities portfolio totaled approximately $7.6 billion, which represented approximately 39.6 percent of its total assets. Regulatory restrictions and the Company’s investment policies generally result in the acquisition of securities with lower yields than loans. For the year-ended December 31, 2015, the weighted average yield of the Company’s securities portfolio was 2.0 percent as compared to 3.7 percent for its loan portfolio. Accordingly, to the extent that the Company is unable to effectively deploy its

 

13


Table of Contents

funds to originate or acquire loans or other assets with higher yields than those of its investment securities, the Company’s income may be negatively impacted. Additionally, approximately $6.8 billion, or 90.0 percent, of the Company’s investment securities are classified as available for sale and reported at fair value. Unrealized gains or losses on these securities are excluded from earnings and reported in other comprehensive income, which in turn affects the Company’s reported equity. As a result, to the extent that the Company continues to maintain a significant portfolio of available-for-sale securities, its reported equity may experience greater volatility.

The trading volume in the Company’s common stock at times may be low, which could adversely affect liquidity and share price. Although the Company’s common stock is listed for trading on the NASDAQ Global Select Market, the trading volume in the stock may at times be low and, in relative terms, less than that of other financial-services companies. A public trading market that is deep, liquid, and orderly depends on the presence in the marketplace of a large number of willing buyers and sellers and narrow bid-ask spreads. These market features, in turn, depend on a number of factors, such as the individual decisions of investors and general economic and market conditions, over which the Company has no control. During any period of lower trading volume in the Company’s common stock, the share price could be more volatile, and the liquidity of the stock could suffer.

The Company operates in a highly regulated industry, and its business or performance could be adversely affected by the regulatory and supervisory frameworks applicable to it, changes in those frameworks, and other regulatory risks and uncertainties. The Company is subject to expansive regulatory frameworks in the United States – at federal, State, and local levels – and in the foreign jurisdictions where its business segments operate. In addition, the Company is subject to the direct supervision of government authorities charged with overseeing the kinds of financial activities conducted by its business segments. Much in these regulatory and supervisory frameworks is designed to protect public or private interests that often are not aligned with those of the Company’s shareholders or non-deposit creditors. See “Regulation and Supervision” in Part I, Item 1 of this report beginning on page 4. In the wake of the recent global economic crisis, moreover, government scrutiny of all financial-services companies has been amplified, fundamental changes have been made to the banking, securities, and other laws that govern financial services (with the Dodd-Frank Act and Basel III being two of the more prominent examples), and a host of related business practices have been reexamined and reshaped. As a result, the Company expects to continue devoting increased time and resources to risk management, compliance, and regulatory change management. Risks also exist that government authorities could judge the Company’s business or other practices as unsafe, unsound, or otherwise unadvisable and bring formal or informal corrective or enforcement actions against it, including fines or other penalties and directives to change its products or other services. For practical or other reasons, the Company may not be able to effectively defend itself against these actions, and they in turn could give rise to litigation by private plaintiffs. All of these and other regulatory risks and uncertainties could adversely affect the Company’s reputation, business, results of operations, financial condition, or prospects.

Regulatory or supervisory requirements, future growth, operating results, or strategic plans may prompt the Company to raise additional capital, but that capital may not be available at all or on favorable terms and, if raised, may be dilutive. The Company is subject to safety-and-soundness and capital-adequacy standards under applicable law and to the direct supervision of government authorities. See “Regulation and Supervision” in Part I, Item 1 of this report beginning on page 4. If the Company is not or is at risk of not satisfying these standards or applicable supervisory requirements – whether due to inadequate operating results that erode capital, future growth that outpaces the accumulation of capital through earnings, or otherwise – the Company may be required to raise capital. The Company also may be compelled to raise capital if regulatory or supervisory requirements change. In addition, the Company may elect to raise capital for strategic reasons even when not required to do so. The Company’s ability to raise capital on favorable terms or at all will depend on general economic and market conditions, which are outside of its control, and on the Company’s operating and financial performance. Accordingly, the Company cannot be assured of its ability to raise capital when needed or on favorable terms. An inability to raise capital when needed and on favorable terms could damage the performance and value of its business, prompt regulatory intervention, and harm its reputation, and if

 

14


Table of Contents

the condition were to persist for any appreciable period of time, its viability as a going concern could be threatened. If the Company is able to raise capital and does so by issuing common stock or convertible securities, the ownership interest of our existing shareholders could be diluted, and the market price of our common stock could decline.

The market price of the Company’s common stock could be adversely impacted by banking, antitrust, or corporate laws that have or are perceived as having an anti-takeover effect. Banking and antitrust laws, including associated regulatory-approval requirements, impose significant restrictions on the acquisition of direct or indirect control over any bank holding company, including the Company. In addition, a non-negotiated acquisition of control over the Company may be inhibited by provisions of its organizational documents that have been adopted in conformance with applicable corporate law. If these laws were to operate or be perceived as operating to hinder or deter a potential acquirer for the Company, the market price of the Company’s common stock could suffer.

The Company’s business relies on systems, employees, service providers, and counterparties, and failures or errors by any of them or other operational risks could adversely affect the Company. The Company engages in a variety of businesses in diverse markets and relies on systems, employees, service providers, and counterparties to properly oversee, administer, and process a high volume of transactions. This gives rise to meaningful operational risk – including the risk of fraud by employees or outside parties, unauthorized access to its premises or systems, errors in processing, failures of technology, breaches of internal controls or compliance safeguards, inadequate integration of acquisitions, human error, and breakdowns in business continuity plans. Significant financial, business, reputational, regulatory, or other harm could come to the Company as a result of these or related risks and uncertainties. For example, the Company could be negatively impacted if financial, accounting, data-processing, or other systems were to fail or not fully perform their functions. The Company also could be adversely affected if key personnel or a significant number of employees were to become unavailable due to a pandemic, natural disaster, war, act of terrorism, accident, or other reason. These same risks arise as well in connection with the systems and employees of the service providers and counterparties on whom the Company depends as well as their own third-party service providers and counterparties. See “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk – Operational Risk” in Part II, Item 7A of this report beginning on page 60 for a discussion of how the Company monitors and manages operational risk.

Cyber incidents and other security breaches at the Company, at its service providers or counterparties, or in the business community or markets may negatively impact the Company’s business or performance. In the ordinary course of its business, the Company collects, stores, and transmits sensitive, confidential, or proprietary data and other information, including intellectual property, business information, funds-transfer instructions, and the personally identifiable information of its customers and employees. The secure processing, storage, maintenance, and transmission of this information is critical to the Company’s operations and reputation, and if any of this information were mishandled, misused, improperly accessed, lost, or stolen or if the Company’s operations were disrupted, the Company could suffer significant financial, business, reputational, regulatory, or other damage. For example, despite security measures, the Company’s information technology and infrastructure may be breached through cyber-attacks, computer viruses or malware, pretext calls, electronic phishing, or other means. These risks and uncertainties are rapidly evolving and increasing in complexity, and the Company’s failure to effectively mitigate them could negatively impact its business and operations.

Service providers and counterparties also present a source of risk to the Company if their own security measures or other systems or infrastructure were to be breached or otherwise fail. Likewise, a cyber-attack or other security breach affecting the business community, the markets, or parts of them may cycle or cascade through the financial system and adversely affect the Company or its service providers or counterparties. Many if not all of these risks and uncertainties are beyond the Company’s control.

 

15


Table of Contents

Even when an attempted cyber incident or other security breach is successfully avoided or thwarted, the Company may need to expend substantial resources in doing so, may be required to take actions that could adversely affect customer satisfaction or behavior, and may be exposed to reputational damage. If a breach were to occur, moreover, the Company could be exposed to contractual claims, regulatory actions, or litigation by private plaintiffs. Despite the Company’s efforts to ensure the integrity of systems and controls and to manage third-party risk, the Company may not be able to anticipate or implement effective measures to prevent all security breaches or all risks to the sensitive, confidential, or proprietary information that it or its service providers or counterparties collect, store, or transmit.

The Company is heavily reliant on technology, and a failure in effectively implementing technology initiatives or anticipating future technology needs or demands could adversely affect the Company’s business or performance. Like most financial-services companies, the Company significantly depends on technology to deliver its products and other services and to otherwise conduct business. To remain technologically competitive and operationally efficient, the Company invests in system upgrades, new solutions, and other technology initiatives. Many of these initiatives have a significant duration, are tied to critical systems, and require substantial resources. Although the Company takes steps to mitigate the risks and uncertainties associated with these initiatives, there is no guarantee that they will be implemented on time, within budget, or without negative operational or customer impact. The Company also may not succeed in anticipating its future technology needs, the technology demands of its customers, or the competitive landscape for technology. If the Company were to falter in any of these areas, its business or performance could be negatively impacted.

Negative publicity outside of the Company’s control, or its failure to successfully manage issues arising from its conduct or in connection with the financial-services industry generally, could damage the Company’s reputation and adversely affect its business or performance. The performance and value of the Company’s business could be negatively impacted by any reputational harm that it may suffer. This harm could arise from negative publicity outside of its control or its failure to adequately address issues arising from its conduct or in connection with the financial-services industry generally. Risks to the Company’s reputation could arise in any number of contexts – for example, continuing government responses to the recent global economic crisis, cyber incidents and other security breaches, mergers and acquisitions, lending or investment-management practices, actual or potential conflicts of interest, failures to prevent money laundering, and corporate governance.

The Company faces intense competition from other financial-services companies, and competitive pressures could adversely affect the Company’s business or performance. The Company faces intense competition in each of its business segments and in all of its markets and geographic regions, and the Company expects competitive pressures only to intensify in the future – especially in light of legislative and regulatory initiatives arising out of the recent global economic crisis, technological innovations that alter the barriers to entry, current economic and market conditions, and government monetary and fiscal policies. See “Competition” in Part I, Item 1 of this report beginning on page 3. Competitive pressures may drive the Company to take actions that the Company might otherwise eschew, such as lowering the interest rates or fees on loans or raising the interest rates on deposits in order to keep or attract high-quality customers. These pressures also may accelerate actions that the Company might otherwise elect to defer, such as substantial investments in technology or infrastructure. Whatever the reason, actions that the Company takes in response to competition may adversely affect its results of operations and financial condition. These consequences could be exacerbated if the Company is not successful in introducing new products and other services, achieving market acceptance of its products and other services, developing and maintaining a strong customer base, or prudently managing expenses.

The Company’s risk-management and compliance programs or functions may not be effective in mitigating risk and loss. The Company maintains an enterprise risk-management program that is designed to identify, quantify, monitor, report, and control the risks that it faces. These include interest-rate risk, credit risk, liquidity risk, market risk, operational risk, reputational risk, and compliance risk. The Company also maintains a compliance program to identify, measure, assess, and report on its adherence to applicable law, policies, and

 

16


Table of Contents

procedures. While the Company assesses and improves these programs on an ongoing basis, there can be no assurance that its frameworks or models for risk management, compliance, and related controls will effectively mitigate risk and limit losses in its business. If conditions or circumstances arise that expose flaws or gaps in the Company’s risk-management or compliance programs or if its controls break down, the performance and value of the Company’s business could be adversely affected. The Company could be negatively impacted as well if, despite adequate programs being in place, its risk-management or compliance personnel are ineffective in executing them and mitigating risk and loss.

Liquidity is essential to the Company and its business or performance could be adversely affected by constraints in, or increased costs for, funding. The Company defines liquidity as the ability to fund increases in assets and meet obligations as they come due, all without incurring unacceptable losses. Banks are especially vulnerable to liquidity risk because of their role in the maturity transformation of demand or short-term deposits into longer-term loans or other extensions of credit. The Company, like other financial-services companies, relies to a significant extent on external sources of funding (such as deposits and borrowings) for the liquidity needed to conduct its business. A number of factors beyond the Company’s control, however, could have a detrimental impact on the availability or cost of that funding and thus on its liquidity. These include market disruptions, changes in its credit ratings or the sentiment of its investors, the state of the regulatory environment and monetary and fiscal policies, declines in the value of its investment securities, the loss of substantial deposit relationships, financial or systemic shocks, significant counterparty failures, and reputational damage. Unexpected declines or limits on the dividends declared and paid by the Company’s subsidiaries also could adversely affect its liquidity position. While the Company’s policies and controls are designed to ensure that it maintains adequate liquidity to conduct its business in the ordinary course even in a stressed environment, there can be no assurance that its liquidity position will never become compromised. In such an event, the Company may be required to sell assets at a loss in order to continue its operations. This could damage the performance and value of its business, prompt regulatory intervention, and harm its reputation, and if the condition were to persist for any appreciable period of time, its viability as a going concern could be threatened. See “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk – Liquidity Risk” in Part II, Item 7A of this report beginning on page 59 for a discussion of how the Company monitors and manages liquidity risk.

If the Company’s subsidiaries are unable to make dividend payments or distributions to the Company, it may be unable to satisfy its obligations to counterparties or creditors or make dividend payments to its shareholders. The Company is a legal entity separate and distinct from its bank and nonbank subsidiaries and depends on dividend payments and distributions from those subsidiaries to fund its obligations to counterparties and creditors and its dividend payments to shareholders. See “Regulation and Supervision –Requirements Affecting the Relationships among the Company, Its Subsidiaries, and Other Affiliates” in Part I, Item 1 of this report beginning on page 6. Any of the Company’s subsidiaries, however, may be unable to make dividend payments or distributions to the Company, including as a result of a deterioration in the subsidiary’s performance, investments in the subsidiary’s own future growth, or regulatory or supervisory requirements. If any subsidiary were unable to remain viable as a going concern, moreover, the Company’s right to participate in a distribution of assets would be subject to the prior claims of the subsidiary’s creditors (including, in the case of the Bank, its depositors and the FDIC).

An inability to attract, retain, or motivate qualified employees could adversely affect the Company’s business or performance. Skilled employees are the Company’s most important resource, and competition for talented people is intense. Even though compensation is among the Company’s highest expenses, it may not be able to locate and hire the best people, keep them with the Company, or properly motivate them to perform at a high level. Recent scrutiny of compensation practices, especially in the financial-services industry, has made this only more difficult. In addition, some parts of the Company’s business are particularly dependent on key personnel, including investment management, asset servicing, and commercial lending. If the Company were to lose and find itself unable to replace these personnel or other skilled employees or if the competition for talent drove its compensation costs to unsustainable levels, the Company’s business, results of operations, and financial condition could be negatively impacted.

 

17


Table of Contents

The Company is subject to a variety of litigation and other proceedings, which could adversely affect its business or performance. The Company is involved from time to time in a variety of judicial, alternative-dispute, and other proceedings arising out of its business or operations. The Company establishes reserves for claims when appropriate under generally accepted accounting principles, but costs often can be incurred in connection with a matter before any reserve has been created. The Company also maintains insurance policies to mitigate the cost of litigation and other proceedings, but these policies have deductibles, limits, and exclusions that may diminish their value or efficacy. Despite the Company’s efforts to appropriately reserve for claims and insure its business and operations, the actual costs associated with resolving a claim may be substantially higher than amounts reserved or covered. Substantial legal claims, even if not meritorious, could have a detrimental impact on the Company’s business, results of operations, and financial condition and could cause reputational harm.

Changes in accounting standards could impact the Company’s financial statements and reported earnings. Accounting standard-setting bodies, such as the Financial Accounting Standards Board, periodically change the financial accounting and reporting standards that affect the preparation of the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements. These changes are beyond the Company’s control and could have a meaningful impact on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Company’s selection of accounting methods, assumptions, and estimates could impact its financial statements and reported earnings. To comply with generally accepted accounting principles, management must sometimes exercise judgment in selecting, determining, and applying accounting methods, assumptions, and estimates. This can arise, for example, in the determination of the allowance for loan losses, calculation of deferred tax assets, the evaluation of goodwill for potential impairments, or the determination of the fair value of assets or liabilities. Furthermore, accounting methods, assumptions and estimates are part of acquisition purchase accounting and the calculation of the fair value of assets and liabilities that have been purchased, including credit-impaired loans. The judgments required of management can involve difficult, subjective, or complex matters with a high degree of uncertainty, and several different judgments could be reasonable under the circumstances and yet result in significantly different results being reported. See “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates” in Part II, Item 7 of this report beginning on page 51. If management’s judgments are later determined to have been inaccurate, the Company may experience unexpected losses that could be substantial.

The Company’s ability to successfully make opportunistic acquisitions is subject to significant risks, including the risk that government authorities will not provide the requisite approvals, the risk that integrating acquisitions may be more difficult, costly, or time consuming than expected, and the risk that the value of acquisitions may be less than anticipated. The Company may make opportunistic acquisitions of other financial-services companies or businesses from time to time. These acquisitions may be subject to regulatory approval, and there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to obtain that approval in a timely manner or at all. Even when the Company is able to obtain regulatory approval, the failure of other closing conditions to be satisfied or waived could delay the completion of an acquisition for a significant period of time or prevent it from occurring altogether. Any failure or delay in closing an acquisition could adversely affect the Company’s reputation, business, results of operations, financial condition, or prospects.

Additionally, acquisitions involve numerous risks and uncertainties, including lower-than-expected performance or higher-than-expected costs, difficulties related to integration, diversion of management’s attention from other business activities, changes in relationships with customers or counterparties, and the potential loss of key employees. An acquisition also could be dilutive to the Company’s current shareholders if its common stock were issued to fully or partially pay or fund the purchase price. The Company, moreover, may not be successful in identifying acquisition candidates, integrating acquired companies or businesses, or realizing expected value from acquisitions. There is significant competition for valuable acquisition targets, and the Company may not be able to acquire other companies or businesses on attractive terms. There can be no assurance that the Company will pursue future acquisitions, and the Company’s ability to grow and successfully compete in its markets and regions may be impaired if it chooses not to pursue or is unable to successfully make acquisitions.

 

18


Table of Contents

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

There are no unresolved comments from the staff of the SEC required to be disclosed herein as of the date of this Form 10-K.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

The Company’s headquarters building, the UMB Bank Building, is located at 1010 Grand Boulevard in downtown Kansas City, Missouri, and opened in July 1986. All 250,000 square feet is occupied by departments and customer service functions of the Bank, as well as offices of the Company.

Other main facilities of the Bank in downtown Kansas City, Missouri are located at 928 Grand Boulevard (185,000 square feet); 906 Grand Boulevard (140,000 square feet); and 1008 Oak Street (180,000 square feet). Both the 928 Grand and 906 Grand buildings house backroom support functions. The 928 Grand building also houses Scout. Additionally, within the 906 Grand building there is 8,000 square feet of space leased to several small tenants. The 928 Grand building underwent a major renovation during 2004 and 2005. The 928 Grand building is connected to the UMB Bank Building (1010 Grand) by an enclosed elevated pedestrian walkway. The 1008 Oak building, which opened during the second quarter of 1999, houses the Company’s operations and data processing functions.

The Bank leases 52,000 square feet in the Hertz Building located in the heart of the commercial sector of downtown St. Louis, Missouri. This location has a full-service banking center and is home to some operational and administrative support functions. The Bank also leases 30,000 square feet on the first, second, third, and fifth floors of the 1670 Broadway building located in the financial district of downtown Denver, Colorado. The location has a full-service banking center and is home to additional operational and administrative support functions.

As of December 31, 2015, the Bank operated a total of 115 banking centers and three wealth management offices.

UMBFS leases 88,944 square feet at 235 Galena Street in Milwaukee, Wisconsin, for its fund services operations headquarters. Additionally, UMBFS leases 37,300 square feet at 2225 Washington Boulevard in Ogden, Utah, and 6,302 square fee in 223 Wilmington West Chester Pike in Chadds Ford, Pennsylvania.

Additional information with respect to premises and equipment is presented in Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” and Note 8, “Premises and Equipment,” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item  8, pages 68 and 90 of this report.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

In the normal course of business, the Company and its subsidiaries are named defendants in various legal proceedings. In the opinion of management, after consultation with legal counsel, none of these proceedings are expected to have a material effect on the financial position, results of operations, or cash flows of the Company.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

 

19


Table of Contents

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

The Company’s common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Stock Market under the symbol “UMBF.” As of February 18, 2016, the Company had 2,365 distinct shareholders of record. Information regarding the Company’s common stock for each quarterly period within the two most recent fiscal years is set forth in the table below.

 

     Three Months Ended  
     March 31      June 30      Sept 30      Dec 31  

Per Share

           

2015

           

Dividend

   $ 0.235       $ 0.235       $ 0.235       $ 0.245   

Book value

     36.76         37.68         38.56         38.34   

Market price:

           

High

     57.32         58.84         58.44         54.87   

Low

     47.26         49.41         47.03         45.14   

Close

     52.89         57.02         50.81         46.55   
     Three Months Ended  
     March 31      June 30      Sept 30      Dec 31  

Per Share

           

2014

           

Dividend

   $ 0.225       $ 0.225       $ 0.225       $ 0.235   

Book value

     33.94         35.21         35.51         36.10   

Market price:

           

High

     68.27         66.98         65.30         61.00   

Low

     56.15         52.77         54.54         51.87   

Close

     64.70         63.39         54.55         56.89   

Information concerning restrictions on the ability of the Company to pay dividends and the Company’s subsidiaries to transfer funds to the Company is presented in Item 1, page 6 and Note 10, “Regulatory Requirements,” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements provided in Item 8, pages 93 and 94 of this report. Information concerning securities the Company issued under equity compensation plans is contained in Item 12, pages 123 and 124 and in Note 11, “Employee Benefits,” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements provided in Item 8, pages 94 through 98 of this report.

 

20


Table of Contents

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

The following table provides information about share repurchase activity by the Company during the quarter ended December 31, 2015:

ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

 

Period    (a)
Total
Number of
Shares
Purchased
     (b)
Average
Price
Paid per
Share
     (c)
Total Number of
Shares Purchased as
Part of Publicly
Announced Plans or
Programs
     (d)
Maximum Number of
Shares that May Yet
Be Purchased Under
the Plans or
Programs
 

October 1 – October 31, 2015

     14,490       $ 51.30         14,490         1,970,187   

November 1 – November 30, 2015

     4,626         52.73         4,626         1,965,561   

December 1 – December 31, 2015

     25,529         50.80         25,529         1,940,032   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     44,645       $ 51.16         44,645      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

On April 28, 2015, the Company announced a plan to repurchase up to two million shares of common stock. This plan will terminate on April 26, 2016. The Company has not made any repurchases other than through this plan. All open market share purchases under the share repurchase plans are intended to be within the scope of Rule 10b-18 promulgated under the Exchange Act.

 

21


Table of Contents

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

For a discussion of factors that may materially affect the comparability of the information below, please see Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, pages 23 through 53, of this report.

FIVE-YEAR FINANCIAL SUMMARY

(in thousands except per share data)

As of and for the years ended December 31,

 

     2015     2014     2013     2012     2011  

EARNINGS

          

Interest income

   $ 430,681      $ 363,871      $ 348,341      $ 339,685      $ 343,653   

Interest expense

     18,614        13,816        15,072        19,629        26,680   

Net interest income

     412,067        350,055        333,269        320,056        316,973   

Provision for loan losses

     15,500        17,000        17,500        17,500        22,200   

Noninterest income

     466,454        498,688        491,833        458,122        414,332   

Noninterest expense

     703,736        665,680        623,204        589,669        561,674   

Net income

     116,073        120,655        133,965        122,717        106,472   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

AVERAGE BALANCES

        

Assets

   $ 17,786,442      $ 15,998,893      $ 15,030,762      $ 13,389,192      $ 12,417,274   

Loans, net of unearned interest

     8,425,107        6,975,338        6,221,318        5,251,278        4,756,165   

Total investment securities

     7,330,246        7,053,837        7,034,542        6,528,523        5,774,217   

Interest-bearing due from banks

     664,752        843,134        663,818        547,817        837,807   

Deposits

     14,078,290        12,691,273        11,930,318        10,521,658        9,593,638   

Long-term debt

     58,571        6,059        4,748        5,879        11,284   

Shareholders’ equity

     1,805,856        1,599,765        1,337,107        1,258,284        1,138,625   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

YEAR-END BALANCES

        

Assets

   $ 19,094,245      $ 17,500,960      $ 16,911,852      $ 14,927,196      $ 13,541,398   

Loans, net of unearned interest

     9,431,350        7,466,418        6,521,869        5,690,626        4,970,558   

Total investment securities

     7,568,870        7,285,667        7,051,127        7,134,316        6,277,482   

Interest-bearing due from banks

     522,877        1,539,386        2,093,467        720,500        1,164,007   

Deposits

     15,092,752        13,616,859        13,640,766        11,653,365        10,169,911   

Long-term debt

     86,070        8,810        5,055        5,879        6,529   

Shareholders’ equity

     1,893,694        1,643,758        1,506,065        1,279,345        1,191,132   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

PER SHARE DATA

        

Earnings – basic

   $ 2.46      $ 2.69      $ 3.25      $ 3.07      $ 2.66   

Earnings – diluted

     2.44        2.65        3.20        3.04        2.64   

Cash dividends

     0.95        0.91        0.87        0.83        0.79   

Dividend payout ratio

     38.62     33.83     26.77     27.04     29.70

Book value

   $ 38.34      $ 36.10      $ 33.30      $ 31.71      $ 29.46   

Market price

        

High

     58.84        68.27        65.44        52.61        45.20   

Low

     45.14        51.87        43.27        37.68        30.49   

Close

     46.55        56.89        64.28        43.82        37.25   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Return on average assets

     0.65     0.75     0.89     0.92     0.86

Return on average equity

     6.43        7.54        10.02        9.75        9.35   

Average equity to average assets

     10.15        10.00        8.90        9.40        9.17   

Total risk-based capital ratio

     12.80        14.04        14.43        11.92        12.20   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

22


Table of Contents

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

This Management’s Discussion and Analysis highlights the material changes in the results of operations and changes in financial condition for the year-ended December 31, 2015. It should be read in conjunction with the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements, Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, and other financial statistics appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Results of operations for the periods included in this review are not necessarily indicative of results to be attained during any future period.

CAUTIONARY NOTICE ABOUT FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

From time to time the Company has made, and in the future will make, forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These statements can be identified by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. Forward-looking statements often use words such as “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “estimate,” “project,” “outlook,” “forecast,” “target,” “trend,” “plan,” “goal,” or other words of comparable meaning or future-tense or conditional verbs such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “would,” or “could.” Forward-looking statements convey the Company’s expectations, intentions, or forecasts about future events, circumstances, results, or aspirations.

This report, including any information incorporated by reference in this report, contains forward-looking statements. The Company also may make forward-looking statements in other documents that are filed or furnished with the SEC. In addition, the Company may make forward-looking statements orally or in writing to investors, analysts, members of the media, or others.

All forward-looking statements, by their nature, are subject to assumptions, risks, and uncertainties, which may change over time and many of which are beyond the Company’s control. You should not rely on any forward-looking statement as a prediction or guarantee about the future. Actual future objectives, strategies, plans, prospects, performance, conditions, or results may differ materially from those set forth in any forward-looking statement. While no list of assumptions, risks, or uncertainties could be complete, some of the factors that may cause actual results or other future events, circumstances, or aspirations to differ from those in forward-looking statements include:

 

    local, regional, national, or international business, economic, or political conditions or events;

 

    changes in laws or the regulatory environment, including as a result of recent financial-services legislation or regulation;

 

    changes in monetary, fiscal, or trade laws or policies, including as a result of actions by central banks or supranational authorities;

 

    changes in accounting standards or policies;

 

    shifts in investor sentiment or behavior in the securities, capital, or other financial markets, including changes in market liquidity or volatility or changes in interest or currency rates;

 

    changes in spending, borrowing, or saving by businesses or households;

 

    the Company’s ability to effectively manage capital or liquidity or to effectively attract or deploy deposits;

 

    changes in any credit rating assigned to the Company or its affiliates;

 

    adverse publicity or other reputational harm to the Company;

 

    changes in the Company’s corporate strategies, the composition of its assets, or the way in which it funds those assets;

 

23


Table of Contents
    the Company’s ability to develop, maintain, or market products or services or to absorb unanticipated costs or liabilities associated with those products or services;

 

    the Company’s ability to innovate to anticipate the needs of current or future customers, to successfully compete in its chosen business lines, to increase or hold market share in changing competitive environments, or to deal with pricing or other competitive pressures;

 

    changes in the credit, liquidity, or other condition of the Company’s customers, counterparties, or competitors;

 

    the Company’s ability to effectively deal with economic, business, or market slowdowns or disruptions;

 

    judicial, regulatory, or administrative investigations, proceedings, disputes, or rulings that create uncertainty for, or are adverse to, the Company or the financial-services industry;

 

    the Company’s ability to address stricter or heightened regulatory or other governmental supervision or requirements;

 

    the Company’s ability to maintain secure and functional financial, accounting, technology, data processing, or other operating systems or facilities, including its capacity to withstand cyber-attacks;

 

    the adequacy of the Company’s corporate governance, risk-management framework, compliance programs, or internal control over financial reporting, including its ability to control lapses or deficiencies in financial reporting or to effectively mitigate or manage operational risk;

 

    the efficacy of the Company’s methods or models in assessing business strategies or opportunities or in valuing, measuring, monitoring, or managing positions or risk;

 

    the Company’s ability to keep pace with changes in technology that affect the Company or its customers, counterparties, or competitors;

 

    mergers or acquisitions, including the Company’s ability to integrate acquisitions;

 

    the adequacy of the Company’s succession planning for key executives or other personnel;

 

    the Company’s ability to grow revenue, control expenses, or attract or retain qualified employees;

 

    natural or man-made disasters, calamities, or conflicts, including terrorist events; or

 

    other assumptions, risks, or uncertainties described in the Risk Factors (Item 1A), Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Item 7), or the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Item 8) in this Annual Report on Form 10-K or described in any of the Company’s annual, quarterly or current reports.

Any forward-looking statement made by the Company or on its behalf speaks only as of the date that it was made. The Company does not undertake to update any forward-looking statement to reflect the impact of events, circumstances, or results that arise after the date that the statement was made, except as required by applicable securities laws. You, however, should consult further disclosures (including disclosures of a forward-looking nature) that the Company may make in any subsequent Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, or Current Report on Form 8-K.

Results of Operations

Overview

The Company focuses on the following four core strategic objectives. Management believes these strategic objectives will guide its efforts to achieving its vision, to deliver the unparalleled customer experience, all the while seeking to improve net income and strengthen the balance sheet.

 

24


Table of Contents

The first strategic objective is a focus on improving operating efficiencies. Over the past two quarters, an in-depth review of the organization was completed to identify efficiencies. The Company plans to utilize this review to simplify our organizational and reporting structures, streamline back office functions and take advantage of synergies among various platforms and distribution networks. The Company has identified a total of $32.9 million in annualized savings to be realized over the coming quarters as a result of the elimination of employee positions and business process improvements. These savings are discussed further in the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 26, 2016. This total does not include the additional cost savings we expect to recognize related to the Marquette integration, or any ongoing efficiencies identified through our normal course of business. The Company continues to invest in technological advances that will help management drive operating efficiencies in the future through improved data analysis and automation. The Company also continues to evaluate core systems and will invest in enhancements that it believes will yield operating efficiencies.

The second strategic objective is a focus on net interest income through loan and deposit growth. During 2015, continued progress on this strategy was illustrated by an increase in net interest income of $62.0 million, or 17.7 percent, from the previous year. The Company has continued to show increased net interest income in a historically low rate environment through the effects of increased volume of average earning assets and a low cost of funds in its Consolidated Balance Sheets. On May 31, 2015, the Marquette acquisition was completed, which added earning assets with an acquired value of $1.2 billion to the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. Average earning assets increased $1.6 billion, or 10.6 percent from December 31, 2014. The funding for these assets was driven primarily by an 8.5 percent increase in average interest-bearing liabilities and a 14.1 percent increase in average noninterest-bearing demand deposits. Average loan balances increased $1.4 billion, or 20.8 percent compared to the same period in 2014. Net interest margin, on a tax-equivalent basis, increased 15 basis points compared to the same period in 2014.

The third strategic objective is to grow the Company’s fee-based businesses. As the industry continues to experience economic uncertainty, the Company has continued to emphasize its fee-based operations. By maintaining a diverse source of revenues, this strategy has helped reduce the Company’s exposure to sustained low interest rates. During 2015, noninterest income decreased $32.2 million, or 6.5 percent, to $466.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to the same period in 2014. This change is discussed in greater detail below under Noninterest income. The Company continues to emphasize its asset management, brokerage, bankcard services, healthcare services, and treasury management businesses. At December 31, 2015, noninterest income represented 53.1 percent of total revenues, compared to 58.8 percent at December 31, 2014.

The fourth strategic objective is a focus on capital management. The Company places a significant emphasis on the maintenance of a strong capital position, which management believes promotes investor confidence, provides access to funding sources under favorable terms, and enhances the Company’s ability to capitalize on business growth and acquisition opportunities. The Company continues to maximize shareholder value through a mix of reinvesting in organic growth, evaluating acquisition opportunities that complement the strategies, increasing dividends over time, and properly utilizing a share repurchase program. At December 31, 2015, the Company had $1.9 billion in total shareholders’ equity. This is an increase of $249.9 million, or 15.2 percent, compared to total shareholders’ equity at December 31, 2014. This increase is primarily attributable to the issuance of common stock for the acquisition of Marquette of $179.7 million on May 31, 2015. At December 31, 2015, the Company had a total risk-based capital ratio of 12.80 percent. The Company repurchased 164,335 shares of common stock at an average price of $51.46 per share during 2015. Further, the Company paid $46.0 million in dividends during 2015, which represents an 11.2 percent increase compared to 2014.

Earnings Summary

The Company recorded consolidated net income of $116.1 million for the year-ended December 31, 2015. This represents a 3.8 percent decrease over 2014. Net income for 2014 was $120.7 million, or a decrease of 9.9 percent compared to 2013. Basic earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2015, were $2.46 per share compared to $2.69 per share in 2014 and $3.25 per share in 2013. Basic earnings per share for 2015 decreased

 

25


Table of Contents

8.6 percent as compared to 2014, which decreased 17.2 percent as compared to 2013. Fully diluted earnings per share decreased 7.9 percent as compared to 2014, which decreased 17.2 percent as compared to 2013.

The Company’s net interest income increased to $412.1 million in 2015 compared to $350.1 million in 2014 and $333.3 million in 2013. In total, a favorable volume variance coupled with a smaller favorable rate variance, resulted in a $62.0 million increase in net interest income in 2015, compared to 2014. See Table 2 on page 29. The favorable volume variance on earning assets was predominantly driven by the increase in average loan balances of $1.4 billion, or 20.8 percent, for 2015 compared to the same period in 2014. Net interest margin, on a tax-equivalent basis, increased to 2.64 percent for 2015, compared to 2.49 percent for the same periods in 2014. The Marquette acquisition added earning assets with an acquired value of $1.2 billion primarily from loan balances with an acquired value of $980.4 million at May 31, 2015. Marquette also added interest-bearing liabilities with an acquired value of $910.8 million primarily from interest-bearing deposits of $708.7 million at May 31, 2015. Despite the current low interest rate environment, the Company continues to see benefit from interest-free funds. The impact of this benefit increased two basis points compared to 2014 and is illustrated on Table 3 on page 30. The $16.8 million increase in net interest income in 2014, compared to 2013, is primarily a result of a favorable volume variance. The favorable volume variance on earning assets was predominantly driven by the increase in average loan balances of $754.0 million, or 12.1 percent, for 2014 compared to the same period in 2013. The current economic environment has made it difficult to anticipate the future of the Company’s margins. The magnitude and duration of this impact will be largely dependent upon the FRB’s policy decisions and market movements. See Table 20 in Item 7A on page 55 for an illustration of the impact of a rate increase or decrease on net interest income as of December 31, 2015.

The Company had a decrease of $32.2 million, or 6.5 percent, in noninterest income in 2015, as compared to 2014, and a $6.9 million, or 1.4 percent, increase in 2014, compared to 2013. The decrease in 2015 is primarily attributable to lower trust and securities processing income and unrealized equity losses on alternative investments offset by increased gains on the sales of securities available for sale. Trust and securities processing income decreased $26.0 million, or 9.0 percent, for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to the same period in 2014. Equity earnings on alternative investments decreased $16.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 primarily related to valuation declines in equity-method investments in PCM. Gains of $10.4 million on securities available for sale were recognized during the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to $4.1 million during the same period in 2014. The change in noninterest income in 2015 from 2014, and 2014 from 2013 is illustrated on Table 6 on page 33.

Noninterest expense increased in 2015 by $38.1 million, or 5.7 percent, compared to 2014 and increased in 2014 by $42.5 million, or 6.8 percent, compared to 2013. The increase in 2015 is primarily driven by an increase of $47.9 million, or 13.4 percent, in salary and employee benefit expense, and a $9.9 million, or 18.5 percent increase in equipment expense driven by increased computer hardware and software expense, which was partially offset by the $20.3 million contingency reserve recorded in 2014. The increase in noninterest expense in 2015 from 2014, and 2014 from 2013 is illustrated on Table 7 on page 34.

Net Interest Income

Net interest income is a significant source of the Company’s earnings and represents the amount by which interest income on earning assets exceeds the interest expense paid on liabilities. The volume of interest earning assets and the related funding sources, the overall mix of these assets and liabilities, and the rates paid on each affect net interest income. Table 2 summarizes the change in net interest income resulting from changes in volume and rates for 2015, 2014 and 2013.

Net interest margin, presented in Table 1 on page 27, is calculated as net interest income on a fully tax equivalent basis (FTE) as a percentage of average earning assets. Net interest income is presented on a tax-equivalent basis to adjust for the tax-exempt status of earnings from certain loans and investments, which are primarily obligations of state and local governments. A critical component of net interest income and related net interest margin is the percentage of earning assets funded by interest-free sources. Table 3 analyzes net interest

 

26


Table of Contents

margin for the three years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013. Net interest income, average balance sheet amounts and the corresponding yields earned and rates paid for the years 2013 through 2015 are presented in Table 1 below.

The following table presents, for the periods indicated, the average earning assets and resulting yields, as well as the average interest-bearing liabilities and resulting yields, expressed in both dollars and rates.

Table 1

THREE YEAR AVERAGE BALANCE SHEETS/YIELDS AND RATES (tax-equivalent basis) (in millions)

 

     2015     2014  
     Average
Balance
    Interest
Income/
Expense (1)
     Rate
Earned/
Paid (1)
    Average
Balance
    Interest
Income/
Expense (1)
     Rate
Earned/
Paid (1)
 

ASSETS

              

Loans, net of unearned interest (FTE) (2)(3)(4)

   $ 8,425.1      $ 308.3         3.66   $ 6,975.3      $ 245.3         3.52

Securities:

              

Taxable

     4,823.7        75.3         1.56        4,898.8        76.2         1.56   

Tax-exempt (FTE)

     2,473.8        67.3         2.72        2,122.8        60.4         2.84   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total securities

     7,297.5        142.6         1.95        7,021.6        136.6         1.94   

Federal funds sold and resell agreements

     76.1        0.7         0.92        48.9        0.2         0.53   

Interest-bearing

     664.8        2.4         0.35        843.2        2.5         0.30   

Other earning assets (FTE)

     32.7        0.5         1.46        32.2        0.5         1.46   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total earning assets (FTE)

     16,496.2        454.5         2.75        14,921.2        385.1         2.58   

Allowance for loan losses

     (77.9          (76.5     

Cash and due from banks

     496.4             435.3        

Other assets

     871.7             718.9        
  

 

 

        

 

 

      

Total assets

   $ 17,786.4           $ 15,998.9        
  

 

 

        

 

 

      

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

  

         

Interest-bearing demand and savings deposits

   $ 7,010.3      $ 7.9         0.11   $ 6,403.5      $ 6.2         0.10

Time deposits under $250,000

     700.9        3.9         0.56        549.6        3.0         0.55   

Time deposits of $250,000 or more

     439.4        2.5         0.57        541.6        3.0         0.55   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest bearing deposits

     8,150.6        14.3         0.18        7,494.7        12.2         0.16   

Short-term debt

     1.9        —           —          —          —           —     

Long-term debt

     57.3        2.5         4.36        6.1        —           —     

Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements

     1,590.8        1.8         0.11        1,535.0        1.6         0.11   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest bearing liabilities

     9,800.6        18.6         0.19        9,035.8        13.8         0.15   

Noninterest bearing demand deposits

     5,927.6             5,196.5        

Other

     252.3             166.8        
  

 

 

        

 

 

      

Total

     15,980.5             14,399.1        
  

 

 

        

 

 

      

Total shareholders’ equity

     1,805.9             1,599.8        
  

 

 

        

 

 

      

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 17,786.4           $ 15,998.9        
  

 

 

        

 

 

      

Net interest income (FTE)

     $ 435.9           $ 371.3      

Net interest spread

          2.56          2.43

Net interest margin

          2.64          2.49
       

 

 

        

 

 

 

 

27


Table of Contents
(1) Interest income and yields are stated on a fully tax-equivalent (FTE) basis, using a marginal tax rate of 36%. The tax-equivalent interest income and yields give effect to disallowance of interest expense, for federal income tax purposes related to certain tax-free assets. Rates earned/paid may not compute to the rates shown due to presentation in millions. The tax-equivalent interest income totaled $23.8 million, $21.2 million, and $22.2 million in 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively.
(2) Loan fees are included in interest income. Such fees totaled $11.4 million, $9.9 million, and $10.9 million in 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively.
(3) Loans on non-accrual are included in the computation of average balances. Interest income on these loans is also included in loan income.
(4) Amount includes loans held for sale.

THREE YEAR AVERAGE BALANCE SHEETS/YIELDS AND RATES (tax-equivalent basis) (in millions)

 

     2013  
     Average
Balance
     Interest
Income/
Expense (1)
     Rate
Earned/
Paid (1)
 

ASSETS

        

Loans, net of unearned interest (FTE) (2)(3)

   $ 6,221.3       $ 229.7         3.69

Securities:

        

Taxable

     4,876.3         75.2         1.54   

Tax-exempt (FTE)

     2,102.2         62.5         2.97   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total securities

     6,978.5         137.7         1.97   

Federal funds sold and resell agreements

     36.6         0.2         0.53   

Interest-bearing

     663.9         1.9         0.29   

Other earning assets (FTE)

     56.0         1.1         1.90   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total earning assets (FTE)

     13,956.3         370.6         2.66   

Allowance for loan losses

     (72.4      

Cash and due from banks

     439.5         

Other assets

     707.4         
  

 

 

       

Total assets

   $ 15,030.8         
  

 

 

       

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

        

Interest-bearing demand and savings deposits

   $ 6,073.5       $ 5.3         0.09

Time deposits under $250,000

     577.9         4.0         0.69   

Time deposits of $250,000 or more

     569.3         3.9         0.69   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest bearing deposits

     7,220.7         13.2         0.18   

Short-term debt

     0.2         —           —     

Long-term debt

     4.7         0.2         4.26   

Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements

     1,613.6         1.7         0.11   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest bearing liabilities

     8,839.2         15.1         0.17   

Noninterest bearing demand deposits

     4,709.6         

Other

     144.9         
  

 

 

       

Total

     13,693.7         
  

 

 

       

Total shareholders’ equity

     1,337.1         
  

 

 

       

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 15,030.8         
  

 

 

       

Net interest income (FTE)

      $ 355.5      

Net interest spread

           2.49

Net interest margin

           2.55
        

 

 

 

 

28


Table of Contents

Table 2

RATE-VOLUME ANALYSIS (in thousands)

 

This analysis attributes changes in net interest income either to changes in average balances or to changes in average rates for earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. The change in net interest income that is due to both volume and rate has been allocated to volume and rate in proportion to the relationship of the absolute dollar amount of the change in each. All rates are presented on a tax-equivalent basis and give effect to the disallowance of interest expense for federal income tax purposes, related to certain tax-free assets. The loan average balances and rates include nonaccrual loans.

 

Average Volume      Average Rate     2015 vs. 2014    Increase (Decrease)  
2015      2014      2015     2014    

 

   Volume     Rate     Total  
          Change in interest earned on:       
  $8,425,107       $ 6,975,338         3.66     3.52  

Loans

   $ 53,057      $ 9,990      $ 63,047   
         

Securities:

      
  4,823,710         4,898,826         1.56        1.56     

Taxable

     (1,173     296        (877
  2,473,811         2,122,822         2.72        2.84     

Tax-exempt

     7,565        (3,176     4,389   
  76,108         48,869         0.92        0.53     

Federal funds and resell agreements

     249        189        438   
  664,752         843,134         0.35        0.30     

Interest-bearing due from banks

     (632     463        (169
  32,725         32,189         1.46        1.46     

Other

     (14     (4     (18

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  16,496,213         14,921,178         2.75        2.58     

Total

     59,052        7,758        66,810   
          Change in interest incurred on:       
  8,150,588         7,494,744         0.18        0.16     

Interest-bearing deposits

     1,148        879        2,027   
  1,590,776         1,535,038         0.11        0.11     

Federal funds and repurchase agreements

     63        106        169   
  59,174         6,059         4.33        (0.69  

Trading securities

     2,298        304        2,602   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $9,800,538       $ 9,035,841         0.19     0.15  

Total

     3,509        1,289        4,798   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
          Net interest income    $ 55,543      $ 6,469      $ 62,012   
            

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Average Volume      Average Rate     2014 vs. 2013    Increase (Decrease)  
2014      2013      2014     2013    

 

   Volume     Rate     Total  
          Change in interest earned on:       
  $6,975,338       $ 6,221,318         3.52     3.69  

Loans

   $ 26,534      $ (10,921   $ 15,613   
         

Securities:

      
  4,898,826         4,876,304         1.56        1.54     

Taxable

     350        652        1,002   
  2,122,822         2,102,216         2.84        2.97     

Tax-exempt

     750        (1,940     (1,190
  48,869         36,589         0.53        0.53     

Federal funds and resell agreements

     65        1        66   
  843,134         663,818         0.30        0.29     

Interest-bearing due from banks

     537        70        607   
  32,189         56,022         1.46        1.90     

Other

     (333     (235     (568

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  14,921,178         13,956,267         2.58        2.66     

Total

     27,903        (12,373     15,530   
          Change in interest incurred on:       
  7,494,744         7,220,675         0.16        0.18     

Interest-bearing deposits

     448        (1,389     (941
  1,535,038         1,613,584         0.11        0.11     

Federal funds and repurchase agreements

     (83     (40     (123
  6,059         4,972         (0.69     3.02     

Trading securities

     (8     (184     (192

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $9,035,841       $ 8,839,231         0.15     0.17  

Total

     357        (1,613     (1,256

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
          Net interest income    $ 27,546      $ (10,760   $ 16,786   
            

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

29


Table of Contents

Table 3

ANALYSIS OF NET INTEREST MARGIN (in thousands)

 

 

     2015     2014     2013  

Average earning assets

   $ 16,496,213      $ 14,921,178      $ 13,956,267   

Interest-bearing liabilities

     9,800,538        9,035,841        8,839,231   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest-free funds

   $ 6,695,675      $ 5,885,337      $ 5,117,036   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Free funds ratio (interest free funds to average earning assets)

     40.59     39.44     36.66
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tax-equivalent yield on earning assets

     2.75     2.58     2.66

Cost of interest-bearing liabilities

     0.19        0.15        0.17   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest spread

     2.56     2.43     2.49

Benefit of interest-free funds

     0.08        0.06        0.06   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest margin

     2.64     2.49     2.55
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company experienced an increase in net interest income of $62.0 million, or 17.7 percent, for the year-ended December 31, 2015, compared to 2014. This follows an increase of $16.8 million, or 5.0 percent, for the year-ended December 31, 2014, compared to 2013. As noted above, the impacts of the Marquette acquisition are included in these results. Average earning assets increased by $1.6 billion, or 10.6 percent, compared to the same period in 2014. Net interest margin, on a tax-equivalent basis, increased to 2.64 percent for 2015 compared to 2.49 percent in 2014. As illustrated in Table 2, the 2015 and 2014 increases are primarily due to the favorable volume variances in earning assets.

The Company maintains a significant portion of its deposit funding with noninterest-bearing demand deposits. Noninterest-bearing demand deposits represented 41.8 percent, 41.4 percent and 38.0 percent of total outstanding deposits at December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. As illustrated in Table 3, the impact from these interest-free funds was eight basis points in 2015, compared to six basis points in 2014 and 2013.

The Company has experienced an increase in the yields of its earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities during the 2015 primarily due to the Marquette acquisition. The average rate on earning assets during 2015 has increased by 17 basis points, while the average rate on interest-bearing liabilities increased by four basis points, resulting in a 13 basis point increase in spread. The volume of loans has increased from an average of $7.0 billion in 2014 to an average of $8.4 billion in 2015. Loan-related earning assets tend to generate a higher spread than those earned in the Company’s investment portfolio. By design, the Company’s investment portfolio is moderate in duration and liquid in its composition of assets.

During 2016, approximately $1.7 billion of available for sale securities are expected to have principal repayments. This includes approximately $370 million which will have principal repayments during the first quarter of 2016. The total investment portfolio had an average life of 44.8 months, 43.6 months, and 47.6 months as of December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively.

Provision and Allowance for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan losses (ALL) represents management’s judgment of the losses inherent in the Company’s loan portfolio as of the balance sheet date. An analysis is performed quarterly to determine the appropriate balance of the ALL. The analysis reflects loan quality trends, including the levels of and trends related to non-accrual loans, past due loans, potential problem loans, criticized loans and net charge-offs or recoveries, among other factors. After the balance sheet analysis is performed for the ALL, the provision for loan losses is computed as the amount required to adjust the ALL to the appropriate level.

 

30


Table of Contents

Table 4 presents the components of the allowance by loan portfolio segment. The Company manages the ALL against the risk in the entire loan portfolio and therefore, the allocation of the ALL to a particular loan segment may change in the future. Management of the Company believes the present ALL is adequate considering the Company’s loss experience, delinquency trends and current economic conditions. Future economic conditions and borrowers’ ability to meet their obligations, however, are uncertainties which could affect the Company’s ALL and/or need to change its current level of provision. For more information on loan portfolio segments and ALL methodology refer to Note 3, “Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses,” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Table 4

ALLOCATION OF ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (in thousands)

 

This table presents an allocation of the allowance for loan losses by loan portfolio segment, which represents the inherent probable loss derived by both quantitative and qualitative methods. The amounts presented are not necessarily indicative of actual future charge-offs in any particular category and are subject to change.

 

     December 31,  
     2015      2014      2013      2012      2011  

Loan Category

              

Commercial

   $ 63,847       $ 55,349       $ 48,886       $ 43,390       $ 37,927   

Real estate

     8,220         10,725         15,342         15,506         20,486   

Consumer

     8,949         9,921         10,447         12,470         13,593   

Leases

     127         145         76         60         11   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total allowance

   $ 81,143       $ 76,140       $ 74,751       $ 71,426       $ 72,017   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Table 5 presents a five-year summary of the Company’s ALL. Also, please see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk – Credit Risk” on page 58 in this report for information relating to nonaccrual, past due, restructured loans, and other credit risk matters. For more information on loan portfolio segments and ALL methodology refer to Note 3, “Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses,” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

31


Table of Contents

As illustrated in Table 5 below, the ALL decreased as a percentage of total loans to 0.86 percent as of December 31, 2015, compared to 1.02 percent as of December 31, 2014. Based on the factors above, provision for loan loss totaled $15.5 million for the year-ended December 31, 2015, which is a decrease of $1.5 million, or 8.8 percent, compared to the same period in 2014. This provision for loan losses totaled $17.0 million and $17.5 million for the years-ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Table 5

ANALYSIS OF ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (in thousands)

 

 

     2015     2014     2013     2012     2011  

Allowance-beginning of year

   $ 76,140      $ 74,751      $ 71,426      $ 72,017      $ 73,952   

Provision for loan losses

     15,500        17,000        17,500        17,500        22,200   

Charge-offs:

          

Commercial

     (5,239     (7,307     (4,748     (8,446     (12,693

Consumer

          

Credit card

     (8,555     (10,104     (10,531     (11,148     (13,493

Other

     (1,103     (1,323     (1,600     (1,530     (1,945

Real estate

     (214     (259     (775     (932     (532
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total charge-offs

     (15,111     (18,993     (17,654     (22,056     (28,663

Recoveries:

          

Commercial

     1,824        848        867        1,136        813   

Consumer

          

Credit card

     1,802        1,803        1,720        1,766        2,366   

Other

     667        687        815        1,035        1,317   

Real estate

     321        44        77        28        32   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total recoveries

     4,614        3,382        3,479        3,965        4,528   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net charge-offs

     (10,497     (15,611     (14,175     (18,091     (24,135
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance-end of year

   $ 81,143      $ 76,140      $ 74,751      $ 71,426      $ 72,017   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average loans, net of unearned interest

   $ 8,423,997      $ 6,974,246      $ 6,217,240      $ 5,243,264      $ 4,748,909   

Loans at end of year, net of unearned interest

     9,430,761        7,465,794        6,520,512        5,686,749        4,960,343   

Allowance to loans at year-end

     0.86     1.02     1.15     1.26     1.45

Allowance as a multiple of net charge-offs

     7.73x        4.88x        5.27x        3.95x        2.98x   

Net charge-offs to:

          

Provision for loan losses

     67.72     91.83     81.00     103.38     108.71

Average loans

     0.12        0.22        0.23        0.35        0.51   

Noninterest Income

A key objective of the Company is the growth of noninterest income to enhance profitability by providing a diverse source of revenue not directly tied to interest rates. Fee-based services are typically non-credit related and are not generally affected by fluctuations in interest rates. Noninterest income decreased in 2015 by $32.2 million, or 6.5 percent, compared to 2014 and increased in 2014 by $6.9 million, or 1.4 percent, compared to 2013. The decrease in 2015 is primarily attributable to lower trust and securities processing income and unrealized equity losses on alternative investments, which was partially offset by an increase in gains on securities available for sale. The increase in 2014 is primarily attributable to higher trust and securities processing income and bankcard fees, partially offset by decreases in gains on securities available for sale and equity earnings on alternative investments

The Company’s fee-based services offer multiple products and services to customers which management believes will more closely align to the customer’s product demand with the Company. The Company’s ongoing

 

32


Table of Contents

focus is to continue to develop and offer multiple products and services to its customers. The Company is currently emphasizing fee-based services including trust and securities processing, bankcard, securities trading/brokerage and cash/treasury management. Management believes that it can offer these products and services both efficiently and profitably, as most have common platforms and support structures.

Table 6

SUMMARY OF NONINTEREST INCOME (in thousands)

 

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Dollar Change     Percent Change  
     2015     2014      2013      15-14     14-13     15-14     14-13  

Trust and securities processing

   $ 262,056      $ 288,054       $ 265,948       $ (25,998   $ 22,106        (9.0 )%      8.3

Trading and investment banking

     20,218        19,398         20,641         820        (1,243     4.2        (6.0

Service charges on deposit accounts

     86,460        85,299         84,133         1,161        1,166        1.4        1.4   

Insurance fees and commissions

     2,530        3,011         3,727         (481     (716     (16.0     (19.2

Brokerage fees

     11,753        10,761         11,470         992        (709     9.2        (6.2

Bankcard fees

     69,211        67,250         62,031         1,961        5,219        2.9        8.4   

Gains on sales of securities available for sale, net

     10,402        4,127         8,542         6,275        (4,415     >100.0        (51.7

Equity (losses) earnings on alternative investments

     (12,188     3,975         19,048         (16,163     (15,073     >100.0        (79.1

Other

     16,012        16,813         16,293         (801     520        (4.8     3.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total noninterest income

   $ 466,454      $ 498,688       $ 491,833       $ (32,234   $ 6,855        (6.5 )%      1.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noninterest income and the year-over-year changes in noninterest income are summarized in Table 6 above. The dollar change and percent change columns highlight the respective net increase or decrease in the categories of noninterest income in 2015 compared to 2014, and in 2014 compared to 2013.

Trust and securities processing income consists of fees earned on personal and corporate trust accounts, custody of securities services, trust investments and investment management services, and mutual fund assets servicing. This income category decreased by $26.0 million, or 9.0 percent in 2015, compared to 2014, and increased by $22.1 million, or 8.3 percent in 2014, compared to 2013. The Company increased fee income from institutional and personal investment management services by $5.3 million in 2015 and $12.8 million in 2014. In 2015, $2.4 million of the increase was attributable to Marquette. Fund administration and custody services fee income increased by $2.9 million and $8.4 million in 2015 and 2014, respectively. Advisory fee income from the Scout funds decreased $35.6 million in 2015 compared to 2014 and decreased $1.9 million in 2014 compared to 2013 due to changes in the underlying assets under management. The mix of assets under management in the Institutional Investment Management segment has shifted to a higher percentage of fixed income versus equity in 2015 and 2014. Management continues to emphasize sales of services to both new and existing clients as well as increasing and improving the distribution channels.

Gains on sales of securities available for sale increased $6.3 million in 2015 compared to 2014 and decreased by $4.4 million in 2014 compared to 2013. The investment portfolio is continually evaluated for opportunities to improve its performance and risk profile relative to market conditions and the Company’s interest rate expectations. This can result in differences from period to period in the amount of realized gains.

Equity earnings on alternative investments decreased $16.2 million to an unrealized loss position in 2015 compared to 2014 and decreased $15.1 million in 2014 compared to 2013, primarily due to the changes in unrealized losses on PCM investments.

 

33


Table of Contents

Noninterest Expense

Noninterest expense increased in 2015 by $38.1 million, or 5.7 percent, compared to 2014 and increased in 2014 by $42.5 million, or 6.8 percent, compared to 2013. The main drivers of this increase in 2015 were salaries and employee benefits expense, equipment expense, and legal and professional expense. The increases in 2014 were salaries and employee benefits expense, equipment expense, and a contingency reserve established in 2014. Table 7 below summarizes the components of noninterest expense and the respective year-over-year changes for each category.

Table 7

SUMMARY OF NONINTEREST EXPENSE (in thousands)

 

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Dollar Change     Percent Change  
     2015      2014      2013      15-14     14-13     15-14     14-13  

Salaries and employee benefits

   $ 406,472       $ 358,569       $ 339,691       $ 47,903      $ 18,878        13.4     5.6

Occupancy, net

     43,861         40,197         39,291         3,664        906        9.1        2.3   

Equipment

     63,533         53,609         49,207         9,924        4,402        18.5        8.9   

Supplies and services

     18,579         20,411         20,387         (1,832     24        (9.0     0.1   

Marketing and business development

     23,730         24,148         22,703         (418     1,445        (1.7     6.4   

Processing fees

     51,328         56,049         57,791         (4,721     (1,742     (8.4     (3.0

Legal and consulting

     26,390         20,407         18,703         5,983        1,704        29.3        9.1   

Bankcard

     20,288         19,594         18,381         694        1,213        3.5        6.6   

Amortization of other intangible assets

     12,090         12,193         13,218         (103     (1,025     (0.8     (7.8

Regulatory fees

     12,125         10,445         9,129         1,680        1,316        16.1        14.4   

Contingency reserve

     —           20,272         —           (20,272     20,272        (100.0     100.0   

Other

     25,340         29,786         34,703         (4,446     (4,917     (14.9     (14.2
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total noninterest expense

   $ 703,736       $ 665,680       $ 623,204       $ 38,056      $ 42,476        5.7     6.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Salaries and employee benefits expense increased $47.9 million, or 13.4 percent, and $18.9 million, or 5.6 percent, in 2015 and 2014, respectively. The increase in both 2015 and 2014 is primarily due to higher employee base salaries, higher commissions and bonuses, and higher cost of benefits. Base salaries increased by $31.1 million, or 14.0 percent, in 2015, compared to the same period in 2014. Commissions and bonuses increased by $14.3 million, or 19.0 percent, in 2015, compared to the same period in 2014. Employee benefits increased by $2.5 million, or 4.0 percent, in 2015, compared to the same period in 2014. The Marquette acquisition contributed $23.2 million of increased salary and employee benefits expense in 2015. Included in these numbers is acquisition related severance expense of $2.4 million in 2015. Additionally, non-acquisition related severance expense contributed $4.6 million toward the increase in 2015.

Equipment expense increased $9.9 million, or 18.5 percent and $4.4 million, or 8.9 percent in 2015 and 2014, respectively. This increase is driven by increased computer hardware and software expenses for investments for regulatory requirements, cyber security and the ongoing modernization of our core systems in both years.

Legal and consulting expense increased $6.0 million, or 29.3 percent, in 2015. This increase was driven by $4.8 million in acquisition related expense related to the Marquette acquisition in 2015. The increases are also related to increased consulting expense from technology projects.

Processing fees expense decreased $4.7 million, or 8.4 percent, in 2015. This reduction is primarily driven by decreased fees paid by the advisor to distributors of the Scout Funds

On June 30, 2014, the Company entered into a settlement agreement to resolve objections to its calculation of the earn-out amount owed to the sellers of PCM and a related incentive bonus calculation for the employees of

 

34


Table of Contents

PCM. A total estimated settlement liability of $20.3 million was accrued in 2014. This contingency reserve is included in the Contingency reserve line on Company’s Consolidated Statements of Income. Fair value adjustments subsequent to the settlement date are included in Other noninterest expense.

Other noninterest expense decreased $4.4 million, or 14.9 percent, and $4.9 million, or 14.2 percent, in 2015 and 2014, respectively, driven by a decrease in fair value adjustments to the contingent consideration liabilities on acquisitions in both years.

Total acquisition related expenses for Marquette recognized in noninterest expense during 2015 totaled $9.8 million.

Income Taxes

Income tax expense totaled $43.2 million, $45.4 million and $50.4 million in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. These amounts equate to effective rates of 27.1 percent, 27.3 percent and 27.4 percent for 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The decrease in the effective tax rate from 2014 to 2015 and from 2013 to 2014 results from changes in the portion of income earned from tax-exempt municipal securities. Amortization of investments in low-income housing tax credit (LIHTC) partnerships was previously recorded as part of Other noninterest expense. Due to the implementation of Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2014-01, this amortization is now recorded in Income tax expense and was applied retrospectively to the 2013 and 2014 Consolidated Statements of Income.

For further information on income taxes refer to Note 16, “Income Taxes,” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Business Segments

The Company has strategically aligned its operations into the following four reportable segments (collectively, Business Segments): Bank, Payment Solutions, Institutional Investment Management, and Asset Servicing. Business segment financial results produced by the Company’s internal management reporting system are evaluated regularly by senior executive officers in deciding how to allocate resources and assess performance for individual Business Segments. The management accounting system assigns balance sheet and income statement items to each Business Segment using methodologies that are refined on an ongoing basis.

Table 8

Bank Operating Results

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Dollar
Change
     Percent
Change
 
     2015      2014      15-14      15-14  

Net interest income

   $ 348,701       $ 292,356       $ 56,345         19.3

Provision for loan losses

     8,541         9,175         (634      (6.9

Noninterest income

     188,444         194,223         (5,779      (3.0

Noninterest expense

     446,656         404,203         42,453         10.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before taxes

     81,948         73,201         8,747         11.9   

Income tax expense

     22,127         24,095         (1,968      (8.2
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 59,821       $ 49,106       $ 10,715         21.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Bank net income increased by $10.7 million, or 21.8 percent, to $59.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to the same period in 2014. Net interest income increased $56.3 million, or 19.3

 

35


Table of Contents

percent, for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to the same period in 2014, driven by strong loan growth and the acquisition of Marquette. The Marquette acquisition added earning assets with an acquired value of $1.2 billion primarily from loan balances with an acquired value of $980.4 million, each at May 31, 2015. Provision for loan losses decreased by $0.6 million, due to characteristics of the loan portfolio driving a decreased allowance for loan loss reserve for this segment. Noninterest income decreased $5.8 million, or 3.0 percent, over the same period in 2014 driven by unrealized losses on PCM equity-method investments of $16.2 million and decreased deposit service charges of $2.8 million. These decreases were partially offset by increases of $6.3 million in securities gains and $5.8 million in trust and securities processing income due to the Marquette acquisition as well as an increase in asset values and new business generated during the current year compared to the same period last year.

Noninterest expense increased $42.5 million, or 10.5 percent, to $446.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to the same period in 2014. The increase in noninterest expense is primarily due to a $33.0 million increase in salaries and benefits, of which $23.2 million was related to the acquisition of Marquette. Additional increases include $19.0 million in increased technology, occupancy, and other service-based expenses as compared to the same period last year, an increase of $3.2 million in legal and consulting expense driven by acquisition expenses related to Marquette, and $2.5 million of increased amortization of intangibles related to the new intangibles acquired related to Marquette. These increases are partially offset by a $20.3 million decrease in the contingency reserve recorded in 2014 with no comparable amount recorded during 2015. On June 30, 2014, the Company entered into a settlement agreement to resolve objections to its calculation of the earn-out amount owed to the sellers of PCM and a related incentive bonus calculation for the employees of PCM. A contingency reserve of $20.3 million was recorded in 2014 related to the settlement.

Table 9

Payment Solutions Operating Results

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Dollar
Change
     Percent
Change
 
     2015      2014      15-14      15-14  

Net interest income

   $ 58,288       $ 52,251       $ 6,037         11.6

Provision for loan losses

     6,959         7,825         (866      (11.1

Noninterest income

     91,326         84,478         6,848         8.1   

Noninterest expense

     106,016         93,915         12,101         12.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before taxes

     36,639         34,989         1,650         4.7   

Income tax expense

     10,043         7,791         2,252         28.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 26,596       $ 27,198       $ (602      (2.2 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2015, Payment Solutions net income decreased $0.6 million, or 2.2 percent, to $26.6 million compared to the same period in 2014. Net interest income increased $6.0 million, or 11.6 percent and provision for loan losses decreased $0.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to the same period in 2014. Noninterest income increased $6.8 million, or 8.1 percent, driven by an increase in deposit service charges of $3.9 million due to increases in health savings accounts and corporate services income and an increase of $1.7 million in card services income due to increased interchange fees. Noninterest expense increased by $12.1 million, or 12.9 percent, primarily due to a $5.0 million increase in salaries and benefits and $6.0 million of increased technology, occupancy, and other service-based expenses as compared to the same period last year.

 

36


Table of Contents

Table 10

Institutional Investment Management Operating Results

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Dollar
Change
     Percent
Change
 
     2015      2014      15-14      15-14  

Net interest income

   $ 2       $ (3    $ 5         >100.0

Provision for loan losses

     —           —           —           —     

Noninterest income

     95,097         131,225         (36,128      (27.5

Noninterest expense

     71,413         92,048         (20,635      (22.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before taxes

     23,686         39,174         (15,488      (39.5

Income tax expense

     6,490         10,093         (3,603      (35.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 17,196       $ 29,081       $ (11,885      (40.9 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2015, Institutional Investment Management net income decreased $11.9 million, or 40.9 percent, compared to the same period last year. Noninterest income decreased $36.1 million, or 27.5 percent, due to a $34.7 million decrease in advisory fees from the Scout funds, which is offset by a $1.0 million increase in advisory fees from separately managed accounts. Scout assets under management totaled $27.2 billion as of December 31, 2015 compared to $31.2 billion for the same period in 2014. Additionally, the mix of assets under management in Scout has shifted between the two periods from 67 percent fixed income assets and 33 percent equity assets as of December 31, 2014 to 78 percent fixed income assets and 22 percent equity assets as of December 31, 2015. The decrease in noninterest expense of $20.6 million, or 22.4 percent, over the prior year was primarily due to an $8.7 million decrease in fair value adjustmenst to the contingent consideration liability on acquisitions, a decrease of $8.8 million in fees paid by the advisor to third-party distributors of the Scout Funds, and a decrease of $1.1 million in salaries and benefits.

Table 11

Asset Servicing Operating Results

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Dollar
Change
     Percent
Change
 
     2015      2014      15-14      15-14  

Net interest income

   $ 5,076       $ 5,451       $ (375      (6.9 )% 

Provision for loan losses

     —           —           —           —     

Noninterest income

     91,587         88,762         2,825         3.2   

Noninterest expense

     79,651         75,514         4,137         5.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before taxes

     17,012         18,699         (1,687      (9.0

Income tax expense

     4,552         3,429         1,123         32.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 12,460       $ 15,270       $ (2,810      (18.4 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2015, Asset Servicing net income decreased $2.8 million, or 18.4 percent, to $12.5 million as compared to 2014. Net interest income decreased $0.4 million compared to last year. Noninterest income increased $2.8 million, or 3.2 percent, due to a $2.9 million, or 3.3 percent, increase in fee income from growth in asset and transaction-based fees and new business in alternative investment and fund administration. As of December 31, 2015, assets under administration totaled $185.6 billion compared to $198.3 billion at December 31, 2014. Noninterest expense increased $4.1 million, or 5.5 percent, due to increased salaries and benefits of $2.2 million, increased occupancy expenses of $0.8 million, $0.5 million of increased legal and consulting expense, and $0.4 million of increased processing fees.

 

37


Table of Contents

Balance Sheet Analysis

Loans and Loans Held For Sale

Loans represent the Company’s largest source of interest income. In addition to growing the commercial loan portfolio, management believes its middle market commercial business and its consumer business, including home equity and credit card loan products, are the market niches that represent its best opportunity to cross-sell fee-related services. Loan balances held for investment increased by $2.0 billion, or 26.3 percent, in 2015. A significant driver in the increase in loans was the acquisition of Marquette and its loan portfolio. These acquired Marquette loans and loans originated through the legacy Marquette channels had an actual balance at December 31, 2015 of $1.0 billion. This total includes $325.2 million in commercial real estate loans, $219.2 million in asset-based loans, $99.6 million in commercial loans, $99.4 million in residential real estate loans, and $90.7 million in factoring loans, The remaining increase in loans of $1.0 billion at December 31, 2015 as compared to December 31, 2014 was comprised of loans originated through the legacy UMB channels. This increase was primarily driven by an increase in commercial real estate loans of $471.3 million and an increase in commercial loans of $292.1 million.

 

38


Table of Contents

Table 12

ANALYSIS OF LOANS BY TYPE (in thousands)

 

 

     December 31,  
     2015     2014     2013     2012     2011  

Commercial

   $ 4,205,736      $ 3,814,009      $ 3,301,503      $ 2,873,694      $ 2,234,817   

Asset-based

     219,244        —          —          —          —     

Factoring

     90,686        —          —          —          —     

Commercial – credit card

     125,361        115,709        103,270        104,320        95,339   

Real estate – construction

     416,568        256,006        152,875        78,486        84,590   

Real estate – commercial

     2,662,772        1,866,301        1,702,151        1,435,811        1,394,555   

Leases

     41,857        39,090        23,981        19,084        3,834   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total business-related

     7,762,224        6,091,115        5,283,780        4,511,395        3,813,135   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Real estate – residential

     492,227        319,827        289,356        212,363        185,886   

Real estate – HELOC

     729,963        643,586        566,128        573,923        533,032   

Consumer – credit card

     291,570        310,296        318,336        334,518        333,646   

Consumer – other

     154,777        100,970        62,912        54,550        94,644   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total consumer-related

     1,668,537        1,374,679        1,236,732        1,175,354        1,147,208   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans before allowance and loans held for sale

     9,430,761        7,465,794        6,520,512        5,686,749        4,960,343   

Allowance for loan losses

     (81,143     (76,140     (74,751     (71,426     (72,017
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loans before loans held for sale

     9,349,618        7,389,654        6,445,761        5,615,323        4,888,326   

Loans held for sale

     589        624        1,357        3,877        10,215   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loans and loans held for sale

   $ 9,350,207      $ 7,390,278      $ 6,447,118      $ 5,619,200      $ 4,898,541   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As a % of total loans and loans held for sale

          

Commercial

     44.60     51.08     50.63     50.49     44.96

Asset-based

     2.32        —          —          —          —     

Factoring

     0.96        —          —          —          —     

Commercial – credit card

     1.33        1.55        1.58        1.83        1.92   

Real estate – construction

     4.42        3.43        2.34        1.38        1.70   

Real estate – commercial

     28.23        25.00        26.10        25.23        28.06   

Leases

     0.44        0.52        0.37        0.34        0.08   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total business-related

     82.30        81.58        81.02        79.27        76.72   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Real estate – residential

     5.22        4.28        4.44        3.73        3.74   

Real estate – HELOC

     7.74        8.62        8.68        10.09        10.72   

Consumer – credit card

     3.09        4.16        4.88        5.88        6.71   

Consumer – other

     1.64        1.35        0.96        0.96        1.90   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total consumer-related

     17.69        18.41        18.96        20.66        23.07   

Loans held for sale

     0.01        0.01        0.02        0.07        0.21   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans and loans held for sale

     100.00     100.00     100.00     100.00     100.00
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Included in Table 12 is a five-year breakdown of loans by type. Business-related loans continue to represent the largest segment of the Company’s loan portfolio, comprising approximately 82.3 percent and 81.6 percent of total loans and loans held for sale at the end of 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Commercial loans represent the largest percent of total loans. Commercial loans at December 31, 2015 have increased $391.7 million, or 10.3 percent, as compared to December 31, 2014, to 44.6 percent of total loans.

 

39


Table of Contents

Commercial loans represented 51.1 percent of total loans at December 31, 2014. The Company has also increased its capacity to lend through increased commitments during 2015. However, Commercial line utilization has remained low due to the current economic conditions.

As a percentage of total loans, commercial real estate and construction real estate loans now comprise 32.7 percent of total loans compared to 28.4 percent in 2014. Commercial real estate increased $796.5 million, or 42.7 percent, and construction real estate loans increased $160.6 million, or 62.7 percent, compared to 2014. Generally, these loans are made for working capital or expansion purposes and are primarily secured by real estate with a maximum loan-to-value of 80 percent. Most of these properties are owner-occupied and/or have other collateral or guarantees as security.

The Company added two loan categories to its business-related loan portfolio in 2015, asset-based lending and factoring, which were added to the Company’s loan portfolio with the acquisition of Marquette. Asset based loans totaled $219.2 million and represented 2.3 percent of total loans as of December 31, 2015. Factoring loans totaled $90.7 million and represented 1.0 percent of total loans as of December 31, 2015.

Residential real estate increased $172.4 million, or 53.9 percent, and represented 5.2 percent of total loans, and HELOC loans increased $86.4 million, or 13.4 percent, and represent 7.7 percent of total loans.

Nonaccrual, past due and restructured loans are discussed under “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk – Credit Risk” in Item 7A on page 58 of this report.

Investment Securities

The Company’s investment portfolio contains trading, available-for-sale (AFS), and held-to-maturity securities as well as FRB stock, FHLB stock, and other miscellaneous investments. Investment securities totaled $7.6 billion as of December 31, 2015 and $7.3 billion as of December 31, 2014 and comprised 43.0 percent and 44.6 percent of the Company’s earning assets, respectively, as of those dates. The acquisition of Marquette added securities with an acquired value of $177.7 million at May 31, 2015.

The Company’s AFS securities portfolio comprised 89.9 percent of the Company’s investment securities portfolio at December 31, 2015, compared to 94.9 percent at year-end 2014. The Company’s AFS securities portfolio provides liquidity as a result of the composition and average life of the underlying securities. This liquidity can be used to fund loan growth or to offset the outflow of traditional funding sources. The average life of the AFS securities portfolio increased from 43.6 months at December 31, 2014 to 44.8 months at December 31, 2015. In addition to providing a potential source of liquidity, the AFS securities portfolio can be used as a tool to manage interest rate sensitivity. The Company’s goal in the management of its AFS securities portfolio is to maximize return within the Company’s parameters of liquidity goals, interest rate risk and credit risk.

Management expects collateral pledging requirements for public funds, loan demand, and deposit funding to be the primary factors impacting changes in the level of available-for-sale securities. There were $5.9 billion of these securities pledged to secure U.S. Government deposits, other public deposits, certain trust deposits, and repurchase agreements at December 31, 2015. Of this amount, securities with a market value of $1.6 billion at December 31, 2015 were pledged at the Federal Reserve Discount Window but were unencumbered as of that date.

The securities portfolio generates the Company’s second largest component of interest income. The AFS securities portfolio achieved an average yield on a tax-equivalent basis of 2.0 percent for 2015, compared to 1.9 percent in 2014, and 2.0 percent in 2013. Securities available for sale had a net unrealized loss of $6.1 million at year-end, compared to a net unrealized gain of $17.7 million the preceding year. This market value change primarily reflects the impact of mid and longer-term market interest rate increases as of December 31, 2015,

 

40


Table of Contents

compared to December 31, 2014. These amounts are reflected, on an after-tax basis, in the Company’s Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in shareholders’ equity, as an unrealized loss of $3.7 million at year-end 2015, compared to an unrealized gain of $11.0 million for 2014.The available-for-sale securities portfolio contains securities that have unrealized losses and are not deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired (see the table of these securities in Note 4, “Securities,” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements on page 86 of this document). The unrealized losses in the Company’s investments in direct obligations of U.S. Treasury obligations, U.S. government agencies, federal agency mortgage-backed securities, municipal securities, and corporates were caused by changes in interest rates. The Company does not have the intent to sell these securities and does not believe it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell these securities before a recovery of fair value. The Company expects to recover its cost basis in the securities and does not consider these investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2015.

Included in Tables 13 and 14 are analyses of the cost, fair value and average yield (tax-equivalent basis) of securities available for sale and securities held to maturity.

Table 13

SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE (in thousands)

 

 

December 31, 2015

   Amortized Cost      Fair Value  

U.S. Treasury

   $ 350,354       $ 349,779   

U.S. Agencies

     667,414         666,389   

Mortgage-backed

     3,598,115         3,572,446   

State and political subdivisions

     2,116,543         2,138,413   

Corporates

     80,585         79,922   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 6,813,011       $ 6,806,949   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

   Amortized Cost      FairValue  

U.S. Treasury

   $ 519,484       $ 519,460   

U.S. Agencies

     991,084         990,689   

Mortgage-backed

     3,276,009         3,277,604   

State and political subdivisions

     1,983,549         2,001,357   

Corporates

     124,096         122,826   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 6,894,222       $ 6,911,936   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2013

   Amortized Cost      Fair Value  

U.S. Treasury

   $ 110,789       $ 110,200   

U.S. Agencies

     1,258,176         1,257,663   

Mortgage-backed

     2,984,963         2,944,566   

State and political subdivisions

     2,003,509         1,995,246   

Corporates

     457,275         454,736   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 6,814,712       $ 6,762,411   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

41


Table of Contents
     U.S. Treasury Securities     U.S. Agency Securities  

December 31, 2015

   Fair Value      Weighted
Average
Yield
    Fair Value      Weighted
Average
Yield
 

Due in one year or less

   $ 284,452         0.59   $ 416,993         0.60

Due after 1 year through 5 years

     65,327         0.85        246,298         0.92   

Due after 5 years through 10 years

     —           —          3,098         —     

Due after 10 years

     —           —          —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 349,779         0.64   $ 666,389         0.72
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Mortgage-backed
Securities
    State and Political
Subdivisions
 

December 31, 2015

   Fair Value      Weighted
Average
Yield
    Fair Value      Weighted
Average
Yield
 

Due in one year or less

   $ 43,570         3.30   $ 296,543         1.69

Due after 1 year through 5 years

     3,130,350         2.02        894,275         2.46   

Due after 5 years through 10 years

     381,369         1.99        866,060         2.92   

Due after 10 years

     17,157         3.28        81,535         3.34   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,572,446         2.03   $ 2,138,413         2.57
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Corporates  

December 31, 2015

   Fair Value      Weighted
Average
Yield
 

Due in one year or less

   $ —           —  

Due after 1 year through 5 years

     79,922         1.11   

Due after 5 years through 10 years

     —           —     

Due after 10 years

     —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 79,922         1.11
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     U.S. Treasury Securities     U.S. Agency Securities  

December 31, 2014

   Fair Value      Weighted
Average
Yield
    Fair Value      Weighted
Average
Yield
 

Due in one year or less

   $ 82,990         0.29   $ 182,699         0.63

Due after 1 year through 5 years

     431,492         0.67        807,990         0.72   

Due after 5 years through 10 years

     4,978         1.75        —           —     

Due after 10 years

     —           —          —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 519,460         0.62   $ 990,689         0.70
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Mortgage-backed
Securities
    State and Political
Subdivisions
 

December 31, 2014

   Fair Value      Weighted
Average
Yield
    Fair Value      Weighted
Average
Yield
 

Due in one year or less

   $ 63,114         3.25   $ 343,741         1.98

Due after 1 year through 5 years

     2,567,443         2.06        868,959         2.40   

Due after 5 years through 10 years

     626,017         2.10        677,431         3.05   

Due after 10 years

     21,030         3.32        111,226         3.26   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,277,604         2.09   $ 2,001,357         2.58
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

42


Table of Contents
     Corporates  

December 31, 2014

   Fair Value      Weighted
Average
Yield
 

Due in one year or less

   $ —           —  

Due after 1 year through 5 years

     122,826         1.13   

Due after 5 years through 10 years

     —           —     

Due after 10 years

     —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 122,826         1.13
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     U.S. Treasury
Securities
    U.S. Agency
Securities
 

December 31, 2013

   Fair Value      Weighted
Average
Yield
    Fair Value      Weighted
Average
Yield
 

Due in one year or less

   $ 150         1.01   $ 218,900         0.92

Due after 1 year through 5 years

     105,420         0.87        1,038,763         0.71   

Due after 5 years through 10 years

     4,630         1.75        —           —     

Due after 10 years

     —           —          —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 110,200         0.91   $ 1,257,663         0.74
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Mortgage-backed
Securities
    State and Political
Subdivisions
 

December 31, 2013

   Fair Value      Weighted
Average
Yield
    Fair Value      Weighted
Average
Yield
 

Due in one year or less

   $ 27,917         2.59   $ 288,887         2.51

Due after 1 year through 5 years

     2,561,318         2.11        806,912         2.63   

Due after 5 years through 10 years

     340,202         1.87        741,422         3.02   

Due after 10 years

     15,129         3.28        158,025         3.18   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,944,566         2.09   $ 1,995,246         2.80
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Corporates  

December 31, 2013

   Fair Value      Weighted
Average
Yield
 

Due in one year or less

   $ 17,894         0.57

Due after 1 year through 5 years

     436,842         0.99   

Due after 5 years through 10 years

     —           —     

Due after 10 years

     —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 454,736         0.97
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

43


Table of Contents

Table 14

SECURITIES HELD TO MATURITY (in thousands)

 

 

December 31, 2015

   Amortized
Cost
     Fair Value      Weighted Average
Yield/Average
Maturity
 

Due in one year or less

   $ 17,265       $ 17,893         4.76

Due after 1 year through 5 years

     77,237         80,047         7.64   

Due after 5 years through 10 years

     370,631         384,117         3.82   

Due over 10 years

     201,973         209,322         10.47   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 667,106       $ 691,379         9 yr. 8 mo.   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

                    

Due in one year or less

   $ 15       $ 16         2.75

Due after 1 year through 5 years

     31,389         34,331         2.89   

Due after 5 years through 10 years

     165,062         180,531         2.68   

Due over 10 years

     81,588         89,234         2.92   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 278,054       $ 304,112         9 yr. 1 mo.   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2013

                    

Due in one year or less

   $ 40       $ 44         2.84

Due after 1 year through 5 years

     31,387         34,640         2.46   

Due after 5 years through 10 years

     97,929         108,078         2.89   

Due over 10 years

     80,414         88,748         2.97   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 209,770       $ 231,510         10 yr. 4 mo.   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

FEDERAL RESERVE BANK STOCK AND OTHER SECURITIES (in thousands)

 

 

2015

   Amortized
Cost
     Fair
Value
 

FRB and FHLB stock

   $ 33,215       $ 33,215   

Other securities – marketable

     5         7,164   

Other securities – non-marketable

     23,855         24,819   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Federal Reserve Bank stock and other

   $ 57,075       $ 65,198   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

2014

             

FRB and FHLB stock

   $ 26,279       $ 26,279   

Other securities – marketable

     —           16,668   

Other securities – non-marketable

     21,669         25,527   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Federal Reserve Bank stock and other

   $ 47,948       $ 68,474   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

2013

             

FRB stock

   $ 16,279       $ 16,279   

Other securities – marketable

     20         16,632   

Other securities – non-marketable

     17,139         17,571   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Federal Reserve Bank stock and other

   $ 33,438       $ 50,482   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other marketable and non-marketable securities include PCM alternative investments in hedge funds and private equity funds, which are accounted for as equity-method investments. The fair value of other marketable securities includes alternative investment securities of $7.2 million at December 31, 2015, compared to $16.7 million at December 31, 2014. The fair value of other non-marketable securities includes the alternative investment securities fair value of $2.0 million at December 31, 2015 and $8.5 million at December 31, 2014.

 

44


Table of Contents

Other Earning Assets

Federal funds transactions essentially are overnight loans between financial institutions, which allow for either the daily investment of excess funds or the daily borrowing of another institution’s funds in order to meet short-term liquidity needs. The net borrowed position was $50.9 million at December 31, 2015, and $19.4 million at December 31, 2014.

The Bank buys and sells federal funds as agent for non-affiliated banks. Because the transactions are pursuant to agency arrangements, these transactions do not appear on the balance sheet and averaged $197.0 million in 2015 and $221.8 million in 2014.

At December 31, 2015, the Company held securities purchased under agreements to resell of $157.7 million compared to $95.5 million at December 31, 2014. The Company uses these instruments as short-term secured investments, in lieu of selling federal funds, or to acquire securities required for collateral purposes. Balances will fluctuate based on the Company’s liquidity and investment decisions as well as the Company’s correspondent bank borrowing levels. These investments averaged $65.9 million in 2015 and $41.8 million in 2014.

The Company also maintains an active securities trading inventory. The average holdings in the securities trading inventory in 2015 were $32.7 million, compared to $32.2 million in 2014, and were recorded at market value. As discussed in “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk – Trading Account” in Part II, Item 7A on page 57, the Company offsets the trading account securities by the sale of exchange-traded financial futures contracts, with both the trading account and futures contracts marked to market daily.

Interest-bearing due from banks totaled $522.9 million as of December 31, 2015 compared to $1.5 billion as of December 31, 2014 and includes amounts due from the Federal Reserve Bank and interest-bearing accounts held at other financial institutions. The amount due from the Federal Reserve Bank totaled $360.9 million and $1.3 billion at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The decrease in the Federal Reserve Bank balance from 2014 to 2015 is primarly due a decrease in public fund and repurchase agreement balances as well as cash used in 2015 for the funding of loans and held-to-maturity securities and the repayment of short-term debt acquired from Marquette. The interest-bearing accounts held at other financial institutions totaled $162.0 million and $196.5 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Deposits and Borrowed Funds

Deposits represent the Company’s primary funding source for its asset base. In addition to the core deposits garnered by the Company’s retail branch structure, the Company continues to focus on its cash management services, as well as its asset management and mutual fund servicing segments in order to attract and retain additional core deposits. Deposits totaled $15.1 billion at December 31, 2015 and $13.6 billion at December 31, 2014, an increase of $1.5 billion or 10.8 percent. Deposit balances from the legacy Marquette channels totaled $798.6 million at December 31, 2015. Deposits averaged $14.1 billion in 2015, and $12.7 billion in 2014.

Noninterest-bearing demand deposits averaged $5.9 billion in 2015 and $5.2 billion in 2014. These deposits represented 42.1 percent of average deposits in 2015, compared to 40.9 percent in 2014. The Company’s large commercial customer base provides a significant source of noninterest-bearing deposits. Many of these commercial accounts do not earn interest; however, they receive an earnings credit to offset the cost of other services provided by the Company.

 

45


Table of Contents

Table 15

MATURITIES OF TIME DEPOSITS OF $250,000 OR MORE (in thousands)

 

 

     December 31,  
     2015      2014      2013  

Maturing within 3 months

   $ 300,729       $ 448,122       $ 518,063   

After 3 months but within 6 months

     26,250         50,374         54,581   

After 6 months but within 12 months

     55,988         46,054         47,605   

After 12 months

     100,945         82,532         101,539   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 483,912       $ 627,082       $ 721,788   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Table 16

ANALYSIS OF AVERAGE DEPOSITS (in thousands)

 

 

     December 31,  
Amount    2015     2014     2013  

Noninterest-bearing demand

   $ 5,927,702      $ 5,196,529      $ 4,709,643   

Interest-bearing demand and savings

     7,010,302        6,403,504        6,073,516   

Time deposits under $250,000

     700,916        549,690        577,858   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total core deposits

     13,638,920        12,149,723        11,361,017   

Time deposits of $250,000 or more

     439,370        541,550        569,301   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deposits

   $ 14,078,290      $ 12,691,273      $ 11,930,318   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As a % of total deposits

      

Noninterest-bearing demand

     42.11     40.95     39.48

Interest-bearing demand and savings

     49.79        50.45        50.90   

Time deposits under $250,000

     4.98        4.33        4.85   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total core deposits

     96.88        95.73        95.23   

Time deposits of $250,000 or more

     3.12        4.27        4.77   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deposits

     100.00     100.00     100.00
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Repurchase agreements are transactions involving the exchange of investment funds by the customer for securities by the Company, under an agreement to repurchase the same issues at an agreed-upon price and date. Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and federal funds purchased totaled $1.8 billion at December 31, 2015, and $2.0 billion at December 31, 2014. These agreements averaged $1.5 billion in both 2015 and 2014. The Company enters into these transactions with its downstream correspondent banks, commercial customers, and various trust, mutual fund and local government relationships.

The Company is a member bank of the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) of Des Moines. The Company became a member bank with the FHLB Des Moines in March 2014, and through this relationship, the Company purchased $10.0 million of FHLB stock and has access to additional liquidity and funding sources through FHLB advances. The Company’s borrowing capacity is dependent upon the amount of collateral the Company places at the FHLB. The Company’s borrowing capacity with the FHLB Des Moines was $409.7 million as of December 31, 2015. The Company had no outstanding FHLB advances at FHLB Des Moines as of December 31, 2015. As part of the Marquette acquisition, the Company acquired stock in the FHLB of San Francisco. This stock had a balance of $0.4 million as of December 31, 2015. FHLB San Francisco advances of $15.0 million were acquired at May 31, 2015. The FHLB San Francisco advances totaled $15.0 million at December 31, 2015 and have maturity dates between September 2016 and September 2020.

 

46


Table of Contents

Table 17

SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS (in thousands)

 

 

     2015      2014      2013  
     Amount      Rate      Amount      Rate      Amount      Rate  

At December 31:

                 

Federal funds purchased

   $ 66,855         0.19    $ 42,048         0.06    $ 12,834         0.04

Repurchase agreements

     1,751,207         0.30         1,983,084         0.19         1,570,384         0.19   

Other

     5,009         0.98         —           —           107         5.89   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,823,071         0.30    $ 2,025,132         0.18    $ 1,583,325         0.19
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Average for year:

                 

Federal funds purchased

   $ 48,318         0.28    $ 41,269         0.07    $ 56,934         0.08

Repurchase agreements

     1,542,459         0.11         1,493,769         0.11         1,556,650         0.11   

Other

     1,853         0.98         —           —           224         5.36   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,592,630         0.11    $ 1,535,038         0.11    $ 1,613,808         0.11
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Maximum month-end balance:

                 

Federal funds purchased

   $ 269,379          $ 265,804          $ 109,466      

Repurchase agreements

     1,907,468            1,983,084            2,048,513      

Other

     109,522            —              —        

Long-term debt increased $77.3 million from December 31, 2014 to $86.1 million at December 31, 2015. As part of the Marquette acquisition, the Company assumed long-term debt obligations payable to four unconsolidated trusts (Marquette Capital Trust I, Marquette Capital Trust II, Marquette Capital Trust III, and Marquette Capital Trust IV) that previously issued trust preferred securities. These long-term debt obligations had an aggregate contractual balance of $103.1 million and had an aggregate fair value of $65.5 million as of May 31, 2015 and a carrying value of $66.2 million at December 31, 2015. The interest rate on the trust preferred securities issued by Marquette Capital Trust II was fixed at 6.30 percent per year until January 2016, and is a variable rate tied to the three-month London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) rate plus 133 basis points thereafter. Interest rates on trust preferred securities issued by the remaining three trusts are tied to the three-month LIBOR rate with spreads ranging from 133 basis points to 160 basis points, and reset quarterly. The trust preferred securities have maturity dates ranging from January 2036 to September 2036. Additionally, as part of the Marquette acquisition, the Company assumed $10.0 million of long-term advances payable to the FHLB of San Francisco. For further information on long-term debt refer to Note 9, “Borrowed Funds,” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Capital Resources and Liquidity

The Company places a significant emphasis on maintaining a strong capital position, which promotes investor confidence, provides access to funding sources under favorable terms, and enhances the Company’s ability to capitalize on business growth and acquisition opportunities. Higher levels of liquidity, however, bear corresponding costs, measured in terms of lower yields on short-term, more liquid earning assets and higher expenses for extended liability maturities. The Company manages capital for each subsidiary based upon the subsidiary’s respective risks and growth opportunities as well as regulatory requirements.

Total shareholders’ equity was $1.9 billion at December 31, 2015, compared to $1.6 billion at December 31, 2014, an increase of $249.9 million or 15.2 percent. This increase is primarily attributable to the issuance of common stock valued at $179.7 million as of May 31, 2015 for the acquisition of Marquette.

During each year, management has the opportunity to repurchase shares of the Company’s stock if it concludes that the repurchases would enhance overall shareholder value. The Company’s Board of Directors (the Board) authorized, at its April 28, 2015 and April 22, 2014 meetings, the repurchase of up to two million shares

 

47


Table of Contents

of the Company’s common stock during the twelve month periods following each of the meetings. During 2015 and 2014, the Company acquired 164,335 shares and 97,609 shares of its common stock, respectively. The Company has not made any purchases other than through these plans.

Through the Company’s relationship with the FHLB Des Moines, the Company owns $10.0 million of FHLB stock and has access to additional liquidity and funding sources through FHLB advances. The Company’s borrowing capacity is dependent upon the amount of collateral the Company places at the FHLB. The Company’s borrowing capacity with the FHLB was $409.7 million as of December 31, 2015. The Company had no outstanding FHLB advances at FHLB of Des Moines as of December 31, 2015. The FHLB of San Francisco advances, acquired as part of the Marquette acquisition, totaled $15.0 million at December 31, 2015 and have maturity dates between September 2016 and September 2020.

Risk-based capital guidelines established by regulatory agencies set minimum capital standards based on the level of risk associated with a financial institution’s assets. Effective January 1, 2015, the Company implemented the Basel III regulatory capital rules adopted by the FRB in July 2013. Basel III capital rules increase minimum requirements for both the quantity and quality of capital held by banking organizations. The rules include a new minimum ratio of common equity tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of 4.5 percent and a minimum tier 1 capital ratio of 6 percent. A financial institution’s total capital is required to equal at least 8 percent of risk-weighted assets. At least half of that 8 percent must consist of tier 1 core capital, and the remainder may be tier 2 supplementary capital. The Basel III regulatory capital rules include transitional periods for various components of the rules that require full compliance for the Company by January 1, 2019 including a capital conservation buffer requirement of 2.5 percent of risk-weighted assets for which the transitional period began on January 1, 2016.

The risk-based capital guidelines indicate the specific risk weightings by type of asset. Certain off-balance sheet items (such as standby letters of credit and binding loan commitments) are multiplied by credit conversion factors to translate them into balance sheet equivalents before assigning them specific risk weightings. The Company is also required to maintain a leverage ratio equal to or greater than 4 percent. The leverage ratio is calculated as ratio of tier 1 core capital to total average assets, less goodwill and intangibles. The Company’s capital position is summarized in the table below and exceeded regulatory requirements as of December 31, 2015.

For further discussion of capital and liquidity, see the “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk – Liquidity Risk” in Item 7A on pages 59 and 60 of this report.

 

48


Table of Contents

Table 18

RISK-BASED CAPITAL (in thousands)

 

This table computes risk-based capital in accordance with current regulatory guidelines. These guidelines as of December 31, 2015, excluded net unrealized gains or losses on securities available for sale from the computation of regulatory capital and the related risk-based capital ratios.

 

     Risk-Weighted Category  
     0%      20%      50%      100%      150%      Total  

Risk-Weighted Assets

                 

Loans held for sale

   $ —         $ —         $ 589       $ —         $ —         $ 589   

Loans and leases

     10,430         32,263         938,822         8,230,638         218,608         9,430,761   

Securities available for sale

     1,161,775         5,545,480         25,149         80,584         —           6,812,988   

Securities held to maturity

     —           10,155         656,951         —           —           667,106   

Federal funds and resell agreements

     —           15,937         —           —           —           15,937   

Trading securities

     400         1,309         10,200         17,708         —           29,617   

Cash and due from banks

     580,302         400,792         —           —           —           981,094   

All other assets

     24,263         20,950         18,836         762,091         —           826,140   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Category totals

   $ 1,777,170       $ 6,026,886       $ 1,650,547       $ 9,091,021       $ 218,608       $ 18,764,232   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Risk-weighted totals

     —           1,205,377         825,274         9,091,021         327,912         11,449,584   

Off-balance-sheet items (risk-weighted)

     —           37,423         277,684         2,378,857         36,620         2,730,584   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total risk-weighted assets

   $ —         $ 1,242,800       $ 1,102,958       $ 11,469,878       $ 364,532       $ 14,180,168   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

    Common
Equity
    Tier 1     Tier 2     Total  

Regulatory Capital

       

Shareholders’ equity

  $ 1,893,694      $ —        $ —        $ 1,893,694   

Plus: accumulated other comprehensive loss (gain)

    3,718        —          —          3,718   

Less: disallowed goodwill and intangible assets

    (232,597     —          —          (232,597

Additional tier 1 and tier 2 capital (1)

    —          16,407        49,619        66,026   

Allowance for loan losses (2)

    —          —          83,864        83,864   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capital

  $ 1,664,815      $ 16,407      $ 133,483      $ 1,814,705   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Company  

Capital ratios

  

Common Equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets

     11.74

Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets

     11.86

Total capital to risk-weighted assets

     12.80

Leverage ratio (Tier 1 capital to total average assets less adjustments (3))

     9.08
  

 

 

 

 

(1) Relates to the Company’s trust preferred subordinated notes. Due to Basel III phase-in rules, as of December 31, 2015, 25 percent of the trust preferred note balance qualifies as tier 1 capital and 75 percent qualifies as tier 2 capital.
(2) Amount is inclusive of a reserve for off-balance sheet arrangements. (3) Adjustments include a portion of goodwill and intangibles as well as unrealized gains/losses on available-for-sale securities.

 

49


Table of Contents

For further discussion of regulatory capital requirements, see Note 10, “Regulatory Requirements” within the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements under Item 8 on pages 93 and 94.

Commitments, Contractual Obligations and Off-balance Sheet Arrangements

The Company’s main off-balance sheet arrangements are loan commitments, commercial and standby letters of credit, futures contracts and forward exchange contracts, which have maturity dates rather than payment due dates. These commitments and contingent liabilities are not required to be recorded on the Company’s balance sheet. Since commitments associated with letters of credit and lending and financing arrangements may expire unused, the amounts shown do not necessarily reflect the actual future cash funding requirements. See Table 19 below, as well as Note 14, “Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements under Item 8 on pages 100 through 102 for detailed information and further discussion of these arrangements. Management does not anticipate any material losses from its off-balance sheet arrangements.

Table 19

COMMITMENTS, CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS AND OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS (in thousands)

 

The table below details the contractual obligations for the Company as of December 31, 2015, and includes principal payments only. The Company has no capital leases or long-term purchase obligations

 

     Payments due by Period  
     Total      Less than 1
year
     1-3 years      3-5 years      More
than 5
years
 

Contractual Obligations

              

Fed funds purchased and repurchase agreements

   $ 1,818,062       $ 1,818,062       $ —         $ —         $ —     

Short-term debt obligations

     5,009         5,009         —           —           —     

Long-term debt obligations

     86,070         1,693         10,200         5,793         68,384   

Operating lease obligations

     74,050         11,279         20,194         16,466         26,111   

Time deposits

     1,255,885         915,095         249,327         89,701         1,762   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,239,076       $ 2,751,138       $ 279,721       $ 111,960       $ 96,257   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Maturities due by Period  
     Total      Less than 1
year
     1-3 years      3-5 years      More than 5
years
 

Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees

              

Commitments to extend credit for loans (excluding credit card loans)

   $ 6,671,794       $ 3,114,162       $ 1,123,012       $ 1,177,540       $ 1,257,080   

Commitments to extend credit under credit card loans

     2,986,581         2,986,581         —           —           —     

Commercial letters of credit

     11,541         10,694         847         —           —     

Standby letters of credit

     360,468         268,173         65,898         26,322         75   

Futures contracts

     —           —           —           —           —     

Forward contracts

     75,611         75,611         —           —           —     

Spot foreign exchange contracts

     10,391         10,391         —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 10,116,386       $ 6,465,612       $ 1,189,757       $ 1,203,862       $ 1,257,155   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

50


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2015, our total liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits were $4.7 million. The Company cannot reasonably estimate the timing of the future payments of these liabilities. Therefore, these liabilities have been excluded from the table above. See Note 16, “Income Taxes,” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for information regarding the liabilities associated with unrecognized tax benefits.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations discusses the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The preparation of these Consolidated Financial Statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent liabilities at the date of the Consolidated Financial Statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. On an on-going basis, management evaluates its estimates and judgments, including those related to customers and suppliers, allowance for loan losses, bad debts, investments, financing operations, long-lived assets, taxes, other contingencies and litigation. Management bases its estimates and judgments on historical experience and on various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which have formed the basis for making such judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Under different assumptions or conditions, actual results may differ from the recorded estimates.

Management believes that the Company’s critical accounting policies are those relating to: the allowance for loan losses, goodwill and other intangibles, revenue recognition, accounting for uncertainty in income taxes, and fair value measurements.

Allowance for Loan Losses

The Company’s allowance for loan losses represents management’s judgment of the loan losses inherent in the loan portfolio. The allowance is reviewed quarterly, considering both quantitative and qualitative factors such as historical trends, internal ratings, migration analysis, current economic conditions, loan growth and individual impairment testing.

Larger commercial loans are individually reviewed for potential impairment. For these loans, if management deems it probable that the borrower cannot meet its contractual obligations with respect to payment or timing such loans are deemed to be impaired under current accounting standards. Such loans are then reviewed for potential impairment based on management’s estimate of the borrower’s ability to repay the loan given the availability of cash flows, collateral and other legal options. Any allowance related to the impairment of an individually impaired loan is based on the present value of discounted expected future cash flows, the fair value of the underlying collateral, or the fair value of the loan. Based on this analysis, some loans that are classified as impaired do not have a specific allowance as the discounted expected future cash flows or the fair value of the underlying collateral exceeds the Company’s basis in the impaired loan.

The Company also maintains an internal risk grading system for other loans not subject to individual impairment. An estimate of the inherent loan losses on such risk-graded loans is based on a migration analysis which computes the net charge-off experience related to each risk category.

An estimate of inherent losses is computed on remaining loans based on the type of loan. Each type of loan is segregated into a pool based on the nature of such loans. This includes remaining commercial loans that have a low risk grade, as well as other homogenous loans. Homogenous loans include automobile loans, credit card loans and other consumer loans. Allowances are established for each pool based on the loan type using historical loss rates, certain statistical measures and loan growth.

 

51


Table of Contents

An estimate of the total inherent loss is based on the above three computations. From this an adjustment can be made based on other factors management considers to be important in evaluating the probable losses in the portfolio such as general economic conditions, loan trends, risk management and loan administration and changes in internal policies. For more information on loan portfolio segments and ALL methodology refer to Note 3, “Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses,” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Goodwill and Other Intangibles

Goodwill is tested for impairment annually as of October 1 and more frequently whenever events or changes in circumstance indicate that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. To test goodwill for impairment, the Company performs a qualitative assessment of each reporting unit. If the Company determines, on the basis of qualitative factors, that the fair value of the reporting unit is more likely than not greater than the carrying amount, the two-step impairment test is not required. Otherwise, the Company compares the fair value of its reporting units to their carrying amounts to determine if impairment is indicated. If impairment is indicated, the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill is compared to its carrying amount. An impairment loss is measured as the excess of the carrying value of a reporting unit’s goodwill over its implied fair value. As a result of such impairment tests, the Company has not recognized an impairment charge.

For customer-based identifiable intangibles, the Company amortizes the intangibles over their estimated useful lives of up to 17 years. When facts and circumstances indicate potential impairment of amortizing intangible assets, the Company evaluates the fair value of the asset and compares it to the carrying value for possible impairment. For more information see “Goodwill and Other Intangibles” in Note 7 in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue recognition includes the recording of interest on loans and securities and is recognized based on a rate multiplied by the principal amount outstanding and also includes the impact of the amortization of related premiums and discounts. Interest accrual is discontinued when, in the opinion of management, the likelihood of collection becomes doubtful, or the loan is past due for a period of ninety days or more unless the loan is both well-secured and in the process of collection. Other noninterest income is recognized as services are performed or revenue-generating transactions are executed.

Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes

The Company is subject to income taxes in the U.S. federal and various state jurisdictions. The calculation of tax liabilities involves dealing with uncertainties in the application of complex tax laws and regulations in these jurisdictions. The Company records the financial statement effects of an income tax position when it is more likely than not, based on the technical merits, that it will be sustained upon examination. The estimate for any uncertain tax issue is based on management’s best judgment. These estimates may change as a result of changes in tax laws and regulations, interpretations of law by taxing authorities, and income tax examinations among other factors. Due to the complexity of these uncertainties, the ultimate resolution may differ from the current estimate of the tax liabilities. These differences will be reflected as increases or decreases to Income tax expense in the period in which they are determined. See the discussion of “Liabilities Associated with Unrecognized Tax Benefits” under Note 16 in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Fair Value Measurements

Fair value is measured in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP), which defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair

 

52


Table of Contents

value include the market approach, income approach and cost approach. The market approach uses prices or relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets or liabilities. The income approach involves discounting future amounts to a single present amount and is based on current market expectations about those future amounts. The cost approach is based on the amount that currently would be required to replace the service capacity of the asset.

U.S. GAAP establishes a fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value into three broad levels. The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3). An instrument’s categorization within the fair value hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the instrument’s fair value measurement. The three levels within the fair value hierarchy are described as follows:

Level 1 – Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that are available at the measurement date.

Level 2 – Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. Level 2 inputs include: quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability; and inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means.

Level 3 – Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability for which there is little, if any, market activity at the measurement date. Unobservable inputs reflect assumptions about what market participants would use to price the asset or liability. The inputs are developed based on the best information available in the circumstances, which might include the Company’s own financial data such as internally developed pricing models and discounted cash flow methodologies, as well as instruments for which the fair value determination requires significant management judgment.

The Company’s fair value measurements involve various valuation techniques and models, which involve inputs that are observable, when available, and the most significant of which include available-for-sale, trading securities, and contingent consideration measured at fair value on a recurring basis.

Fair value pricing information obtained from third party data providers and pricing services for investment securities are reviewed for appropriateness on a periodic basis. The third party service providers are also analyzed to understand and evaluate the valuation methodologies utilized. This review includes an analysis of current market prices compared to pricing provided by the third party pricing service to assess the relative accuracy of the data provided.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Risk Management

Market risk is a broad term for the risk of economic loss due to adverse changes in the fair value of a financial instrument. These changes may be the result of various factors, including interest rates, foreign exchange prices, commodity prices or equity prices. Financial instruments that are subject to market risk can be classified either as held for trading or held for purposes other than trading.

The Company is subject to market risk primarily through the effect of changes in interest rates of its assets held for purposes other than trading. The following discussion of interest risk, however, combines instruments held for trading and instruments held for purposes other than trading because the instruments held for trading represent such a small portion of the Company’s portfolio that the interest rate risk associated with them is immaterial.

 

53


Table of Contents

Interest Rate Risk

In the banking industry, a major risk exposure is changing interest rates. To minimize the effect of interest rate changes to net interest income and exposure levels to economic losses, the Company manages its exposure to changes in interest rates through asset and liability management within guidelines established by its Asset Liability Committee (ALCO) and approved by the Board. The ALCO is responsible for approving and ensuring compliance with asset/liability management policies, including interest rate exposure. The Company’s primary method for measuring and analyzing consolidated interest rate risk is the Net Interest Income Simulation Analysis. The Company also uses a Net Portfolio Value model to measure market value risk under various rate change scenarios and a gap analysis to measure maturity and repricing relationships between interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities at specific points in time. On a limited basis, the Company uses hedges such as swaps and futures contracts to manage interest rate risk on certain loans, trading securities, trust preferred securities and deposits. See further information in Note 17 “Derivatives and Hedging Activities” in the Notes to the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

Overall, the Company attempts to manage interest rate risk by positioning the balance sheet to maximize net interest income while maintaining an acceptable level of interest rate and credit risk, remaining mindful of the relationship among profitability, liquidity, interest rate risk and credit risk.

Net Interest Income Modeling

The Company’s primary interest rate risk tool, the Net Interest Income Simulation Analysis, measures interest rate risk and the effect of interest rate changes on net interest income and net interest margin. This analysis incorporates all of the Company’s assets and liabilities together with assumptions that reflect the current interest rate environment. Through these simulations, management estimates the impact on net interest income of a 300 basis point upward or a 100 basis point downward gradual change (e.g. ramp) and immediate change (e.g. shock) of market interest rates over a two year period. In ramp scenarios, rates change gradually for a one year period and remain constant in year two. In shock scenarios, rates change immediately and the change is sustained for the remainder of the two year scenario horizon. Assumptions are made to project rates for new loans and deposits based on historical analysis, management outlook and repricing strategies. Asset prepayments and other market risks are developed from industry estimates of prepayment speeds and other market changes. The results of these simulations can be significantly influenced by assumptions utilized and management evaluates the sensitivity of the simulation results on a regular basis.

Table 20 shows the net interest income increase or decrease over the next twelve months as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 based on hypothetical changes in interest rates and a constant sized balance sheet with runoff being replaced.

 

54


Table of Contents

Table 20

 

MARKET RISK (unaudited, dollars in thousands)

 

    Hypothetical change in interest rate – Rate Ramp
   

Year One

 

Year Two

(basis points)

 

December 31, 2015
Amount of change

 

December 31, 2014
Amount of change

 

December 31, 2015
Amount of change

 

December 31, 2014
Amount of change

300

  $24,817   $23,416   $67,784   $70,867

200

  14,254   15,927   41,632   48,394

100

  4,440   8,383   17,770   25,250

Static

  —     —     —     —  

(100)

  N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A

 

    Hypothetical change in interest rate – Rate Shock
   

Year One

 

Year Two

(basis points)

 

December 31, 2015
Amount of change

 

December 31, 2014
Amount of change

 

December 31, 2015
Amount of change

 

December 31, 2014
Amount of change

300

  $59,160   $50,578   $90,138   $89,984

200

  37,650   34,209   58,671   61,596

100

  16,049   17,779   26,747   32,579

Static

  —     —     —     —  

(100)

  N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A

The Company is positioned to benefit from increases in interest rates. Net interest income is projected to increase in rising rate scenarios due to yields on earning assets increasing more due to changes in market rates than the cost of paying liabilities is projected to increase. The Company’s ability to price deposits in a rising rate environment consistent with our history is a key assumption in these scenarios. Due to the already low interest rate environment, the Company did not include a 100 basis point falling scenario. There is little room for projected yields on liabilities to decrease.

Repricing Mismatch Analysis

The Company also evaluates its interest rate sensitivity position in an attempt to maintain a balance between the amount of interest-bearing assets and interest-bearing liabilities which are expected to mature or reprice at any point in time. While a traditional repricing mismatch analysis (gap analysis) provides a snapshot of interest rate risk, it does not take into consideration that assets and liabilities with similar repricing characteristics may not, in fact, reprice at the same time or the same degree. Also, it does not necessarily predict the impact of changes in general levels of interest rates on net interest income.

Table 21 is a static gap analysis, which presents the Company’s assets and liabilities, based on their repricing or maturity characteristics and reflecting principal amortization. Table 22 presents the break-out of fixed and variable rate loans by repricing or maturity characteristics for each loan class.

 

55


Table of Contents

Table 21

INTEREST RATE SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS (in millions)

 

 

    1-90
Days
    91-180
Days
    181-365
Days
    Total     1-5
Years
    Over 5
Years
    Total  

December 31, 2015 Earning assets

             

Loans

  $ 5,175.7      $ 372.5      $ 625.9      $ 6,174.1      $ 2,612.0      $ 645.3      $ 9,431.4   

Securities

    586.7        412.0        934.7        1,933.4        3,428.2        2,177.6        7,539.2   

Federal funds sold and resell agreements

    173.6        —          —          173.6        —          —          173.6   

Other

    455.7        22.8        25.5        504.0        48.5        —          552.5   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total earning assets

  $ 6,391.7        807.3        1,586.1        8,785.1        6,088.7        2,822.9        17,696.7   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

% of total earning assets

    36.1     4.5     9.0     49.6     34.4     16.0     100.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Funding sources

             

Interest-bearing demand and savings

  $ 1,271.9      $ 953.9      $ 1,907.9      $ 4,133.7      $ 277.2      $ 3,119.1      $ 7,530.0   

Time deposits

    480.8        166.8        267.5        915.1        339.0        1.8        1,255.9   

Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements

    1,818.1        —          —          1,818.1        —          —          1,818.1   

Borrowed funds

    76.1        —          5.0        81.1        10.0        —          91.1   

Noninterest-bearing sources

    4,183.5        87.8        162.1        4,433.4        592.4        1,975.8        7,001.6   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total funding sources

  $ 7,830.4      $ 1,208.5      $ 2,342.5      $ 11,381.4      $ 1,218.6      $ 5,096.7      $ 17,696.7   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

% of total earning assets

    44.2     6.8     13.3     64.3     6.9     28.8     100.0

Interest sensitivity gap

  $ (1,438.7   $ (401.2   $ (756.4   $ (2,596.3   $ 4,870.1      $ (2,273.8  

Cumulative gap

    (1,438.7     (1,839.9     (2,596.3     (2,596.3     2,273.8        —       

As a % of total earning assets

    (8.1 )%      (10.4 )%      (14.7 )%      (14.7 )%      12.8     —    

Ratio of earning assets to funding sources

    0.82        0.67        0.68        0.77        5.00        0.55     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Cumulative ratio of earning assets 2015

    0.82        0.80        0.77        0.77        1.18        1.00     

to funding sources 2014

    0.81        0.78        0.74        0.74        1.16        1.00     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

56


Table of Contents

Table 22

Maturities and Sensitivities to Changes in Interest Rates

This table details loan maturities by variable and fixed rates as of December 31, 2015 (in thousands):

 

     Due in one
year or less
     Due after one year
through five years
     Due after five
years
     Total  

Variable Rate

           

Commercial

   $ 2,735,231       $ 35,007       $ 623       $ 2,770,861   

Asset-based

     218,805         —           —           218,805   

Factoring

     90,686         —           —           90,686   

Commercial – Credit Card

     125,361         —           —           125,361   

Real Estate – Construction

     288,995         16,077         92         305,164   

Real Estate – Commercial

     671,106         173,240         14,021         858,367   

Real Estate – Residential

     53,717         86,139         28,956         168,812   

Real Estate – HELOC

     35,771         93         —           35,864   

Consumer – Credit Card

     291,094         296         —           291,390   

Consumer – Other

     52,901         786         —           53,687   

Leases

     41,857         —           —           41,857   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total variable rate loans

     4,605,524         311,638         43,692         4,960,854   

Fixed Rate

           

Commercial

     463,701         872,370         98,804         1,434,875   

Asset-based

     385         54         —           439   

Factoring

     —           —           —           —     

Commercial – Credit Card

     —           —           —           —     

Real Estate – Construction

     41,813         45,185         24,406         111,404   

Real Estate – Commercial

     507,805         977,329         319,271         1,804,405   

Real Estate – Residential

     72,167         100,077         151,760         324,004   

Real Estate – HELOC

     409,273         278,873         5,953         694,099   

Consumer – Credit Card

     —           —           180         180   

Consumer – Other

     73,395         26,479         1,216         101,090   

Leases

     —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total fixed rate loans

     1,568,539         2,300,367         601,590         4,470,496   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans and loans held for sale

   $ 6,174,063       $ 2,612,005       $ 645,282       $ 9,431,350   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Trading Account

The Company’s subsidiary, UMB Bank, n.a. carries taxable governmental securities in a trading account that is maintained according to Board-approved policy and procedures. The policy limits the amount and type of securities that can be carried in the trading account and requires compliance with any limits under applicable law and regulations, and mandates the use of a value-at-risk methodology to manage price volatility risks within financial parameters. The risk associated with the carrying of trading securities is offset by the sale of exchange-traded financial futures contracts, with both the trading account and futures contracts marked to market daily. This account had a balance of $29.6 million as of December 31, 2015, and $27.2 million as of December 31, 2014.

The Company is subject to market risk primarily through the effect of changes in interest rates of its assets held for purposes other than trading. The discussion in Table 21 above of interest rate risk, however, combines instruments held for trading and instruments held for purposes other than trading, because the instruments held for trading represent such a small portion of the Company’s portfolio that the interest rate risk associated with them is immaterial.

 

57


Table of Contents

Other Market Risk

The Company has minimal foreign currency risk as a result of foreign exchange contracts. See Note 10, “Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Credit Risk

Credit risk represents the risk that a customer or counterparty may not perform in accordance with contractual terms. The Company utilizes a centralized credit administration function, which provides information on the Bank’s risk levels, delinquencies, an internal ranking system and overall credit exposure. Loan requests are centrally reviewed to ensure the consistent application of the loan policy and standards. In addition, the Company has an internal loan review staff that operates independently from the Bank. This review team performs periodic examinations of the Bank’s loans for credit quality, documentation and loan administration. The respective regulatory authority of the Bank also reviews loan portfolios.

Another means of ensuring loan quality is diversification of the loan portfolio. By keeping its loan portfolio diversified, the Company has avoided problems associated with undue concentrations of loans within particular industries. Commercial real estate, construction real estate, and residential real estate loans comprised 37.8 percent of total loans at December 31, 2015, with no history of significant losses. The Company has no significant exposure to highly-leveraged transactions and has no foreign credits in its loan portfolio.

The allowance for loan losses is discussed on pages 30 through 32 and Table 5 contains a five-year analysis of the ALL. The adequacy of the ALL is reviewed quarterly, considering such items as historical loss trends including a migration analysis, a review of individual loans, current economic conditions, loan growth and characteristics, industry or segment concentration and other factors. A primary indicator of credit quality and risk management is the level of non-performing loans. Non-performing loans include both nonaccrual loans and restructured loans. The Company’s non-performing loans increased $33.8 million from December 31, 2014, and $30.4 million compared to December 31, 2013. The increase in non-performing loans from December 31, 2014 to December 31, 2015 is largely attributable to three credits of approximately $10 million each from three separate industries. The Company has individually evaluated each credit for impairment consistent with its ALL methodology. While the Company plans to increase its loan portfolio, management does not intend to compromise the Company’s high credit standards as it grows its loan portfolio. The impact of future loan growth on the allowance for loan losses is uncertain as it is dependent on many factors including asset quality and changes in the overall economy.

The Company had $3.3 million in other real estate owned as of December 31, 2015, compared to $0.4 million at December 31, 2014. Loans past due more than 90 days totaled $7.3 million at December 31, 2015, compared to $3.8 million at December 31, 2014.

A loan is generally placed on nonaccrual status when payments are past due 90 days or more and/or when management has considerable doubt about the borrower’s ability to repay on the terms originally contracted. The accrual of interest is discontinued and recorded thereafter only when actually received in cash.

Certain loans are restructured to provide a reduction or deferral of interest or principal due to deterioration in the financial condition of the respective borrowers. The Company had $36.6 million of restructured loans at December 31, 2015, and $9.3 million at December 31, 2014. Table 23 summarizes the various aspects of credit quality discussed above.

 

58


Table of Contents

Table 23

LOAN QUALITY (in thousands)

 

 

     December 31,  
     2015     2014     2013     2012     2011  

Nonaccrual loans

   $ 45,589      $ 18,660      $ 19,305      $ 16,376      $ 22,650   

Restructured loans on nonaccrual

     15,563        8,722        11,401        11,727        2,931   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-performing loans

     61,152        27,382        30,706        28,103        25,581   

Other real estate owned

     3,307        394        1,288        3,524        5,959   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-performing assets

   $ 64,459      $ 27,776      $ 31,994      $ 31,627      $ 31,540   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans past due 90 days or more

   $ 7,324      $ 3,830      $ 3,218      $ 3,554      $ 5,998   

Restructured loans accruing

     21,029        583        665        752        3,089   

Allowance for loans losses

     81,143        76,140        74,751        71,426        72,017   

Ratios

          

Non-performing loans as a % of loans

     0.65     0.37     0.47     0.49     0.52

Non-performing assets as a % of loans plus other real estate owned

     0.68        0.37        0.49        0.56        0.64   

Non-performing assets as a % of total assets

     0.34        0.16        0.19        0.21        0.23   

Loans past due 90 days or more as a % of loans

     0.08        0.05        0.05        0.06        0.12   

Allowance for Loan Losses as a % of loans

     0.86        1.02        1.15        1.26        1.45   

Allowance for Loan Losses as a multiple of non-performing loans

     1.33x        2.78x        2.43x        2.54x        2.82x   

Liquidity Risk

Liquidity represents the Company’s ability to meet financial commitments through the maturity and sale of existing assets or availability of additional funds. The Company believes that the most important factor in the preservation of liquidity is maintaining public confidence that facilitates the retention and growth of a large, stable supply of core deposits and wholesale funds. Ultimately, the Company believes public confidence is generated through profitable operations, sound credit quality and a strong capital position. The primary source of liquidity for the Company is regularly scheduled payments on and maturity of assets, which include $6.8 billion of high-quality securities available for sale. The liquidity of the Company and the Bank is also enhanced by its activity in the federal funds market and by its core deposits. Additionally, management believes it can raise debt or equity capital on favorable terms in the future, should the need arise.

Another factor affecting liquidity is the amount of deposits and customer repurchase agreements that have pledging requirements. All customer repurchase agreements require collateral in the form of a security. The U.S. Government, other public entities, and certain trust depositors require the Company to pledge securities if their deposit balances are greater than the FDIC-insured deposit limitations. These pledging requirements affect liquidity risk in that the related security cannot otherwise be disposed due to the pledging restriction. At December 31, 2015, $5.9 billion, or 86.7 percent, of the securities available-for-sale were pledged or used as collateral, compared to $5.7 billion, or 83.0 percent, at December 31, 2014. However of these amounts, securities with a market value of $1.6 billion at December 31, 2015 and $1.2 billion at December 31, 2014 were pledged at the Federal Reserve Discount Window but were unencumbered as of those dates.

The Company also has other commercial commitments that may impact liquidity. These commitments include unused commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit and financial guarantees, and commercial letters of credit. The total amount of these commercial commitments at December 31, 2015 was $10.0 billion. Since many of these commitments expire without being drawn upon, the total amount of these commercial commitments does not necessarily represent the future cash requirements of the Company.

 

 

59


Table of Contents

The Company’s cash requirements consist primarily of dividends to shareholders, debt service, operating expenses, and treasury stock purchases. Management fees and dividends received from bank and non-bank subsidiaries traditionally have been sufficient to satisfy these requirements and are expected to be sufficient in the future. The Bank is subject to various rules regarding payment of dividends to the Company. For the most part, the Bank can pay dividends at least equal to its current year’s earnings without seeking prior regulatory approval. The Company also uses cash to inject capital into the Bank and its non-Bank subsidiaries to maintain adequate capital as well as to fund strategic initiatives.

To enhance general working capital needs, the Company has a revolving line of credit with Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. which allows the Company to borrow up to $50.0 million for general working capital purposes. The interest rate applied to borrowed balances will be at the Company’s option, either 1.00 percent above LIBOR or 1.75 percent below the prime rate on the date of an advance. The Company will also pay a 0.3 percent unused commitment fee for unused portions of the line of credit. The Company had no advances outstanding at December 31, 2015.

The Company is a member bank of the FHLB. The Company owns $10.4 million of FHLB stock and has access to additional liquidity and funding sources through FHLB advances. As part of the Marquette acquisition, the Company acquired advances with the FHLB of San Francisco with a balance of $15.0 million as of December 31, 2015 with maturity dates ranging from 2016 to 2020. Additionally, the Company has access to borrow up to $409.7 million through advances at the FHLB of Des Moines, but had no outstanding FHLB Des Moines advances as of December 31, 2015.

Operational Risk

Operational risk generally refers to the risk of loss resulting from the Company’s operations, including those operations performed for the Company by third parties. This would include but is not limited to the risk of fraud by employees or persons outside the Company, the execution of unauthorized transactions by employees or others, errors relating to transaction processing, breaches of the internal control system and compliance requirements, and unplanned interruptions in service. This risk of loss also includes the potential legal or regulatory actions that could arise as a result of an operational deficiency, or as a result of noncompliance with applicable regulatory standards. Included in the legal and regulatory issues with which the Company must comply are a number of imposed rules resulting from the enactment of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended.

The Company operates in many markets and relies on the ability of its employees and systems to properly process a high number of transactions. In the event of a breakdown in internal control systems, improper operation of systems or improper employee actions, the Company could suffer financial loss, face regulatory action and suffer damage to its reputation. In order to address this risk, management maintains a system of internal controls with the objective of providing proper transaction authorization and execution, safeguarding of assets from misuse or theft, and ensuring the reliability of financial and other data.

The Company maintains systems of controls that provide management with timely and accurate information about the Company’s operations. These systems have been designed to manage operational risk at appropriate levels given the Company’s financial strength, the environment in which it operates, and considering factors such as competition and regulation. The Company has also established procedures that are designed to ensure that policies relating to conduct, ethics and business practices are followed on a uniform basis. In certain cases, the Company has experienced losses from operational risk. Such losses have included the effects of operational errors that the Company has discovered and included as expense in the statement of income. While there can be no assurance that the Company will not suffer such losses in the future, management continually monitors and works to improve its internal controls, systems and corporate-wide processes and procedures.

 

60


Table of Contents

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of

UMB Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of UMB Financial Corporation and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for the years then ended. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, and our report dated February 25, 2016 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Kansas City, Missouri

February 25, 2016

 

61


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of

UMB Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries

Kansas City, Missouri

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows of UMB Financial Corporation and subsidiaries (the “Company”) for the year ended December 31, 2013. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the results of UMB Financial Corporation and subsidiaries operations and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2013, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Kansas City, Missouri

February 25, 2014

 

62


Table of Contents

UMB FINANCIAL CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

    December 31,  
    2015     2014  

ASSETS

   

Loans

  $ 9,430,761      $ 7,465,794   

Allowance for loan losses

    (81,143     (76,140
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loans

    9,349,618        7,389,654   

Loans held for sale

    589        624   

Securities:

   

Available for sale

    6,806,949        6,911,936   

Held to maturity (fair value of $691,379 and $304,112, respectively)

    667,106        278,054   

Trading securities

    29,617        27,203   

Other securities

    65,198        68,474   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investment securities

    7,568,870        7,285,667   

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell

    173,627        118,105   

Interest-bearing due from banks

    522,877        1,539,386   

Cash and due from banks

    458,217        444,299   

Premises and equipment, net

    281,471        257,835   

Accrued income

    90,127        79,297   

Goodwill

    228,346        209,758   

Other intangibles, net

    46,782        43,991   

Other assets

    373,721        132,344   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 19,094,245      $ 17,500,960   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES

   

Deposits:

   

Noninterest-bearing demand

  $ 6,306,895      $ 5,643,989   

Interest-bearing demand and savings

    7,529,972        6,709,281   

Time deposits under $250,000

    771,973        636,507   

Time deposits of $250,000 or more

    483,912        627,082   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deposits

    15,092,752        13,616,859   

Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements

    1,818,062        2,025,132   

Short-term debt

    5,009        —     

Long-term debt

    86,070        8,810   

Accrued expenses and taxes

    161,245        180,074   

Other liabilities

    37,413        26,327   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

    17,200,551        15,857,202   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

   

Common stock, $1.00 par value; 80,000,000 shares authorized, 55,056,730 shares issued and 49,396,366 and 45,532,188 shares outstanding, respectively

    55,057        55,057   

Capital surplus

    1,019,889        894,602   

Retained earnings

    1,033,990        963,911   

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income, net

    (3,718     11,006   

Treasury stock, 5,660,364 and 9,524,542 shares, at cost, respectively

    (211,524     (280,818
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

    1,893,694        1,643,758   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

  $ 19,094,245      $ 17,500,960   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

63


Table of Contents

UMB FINANCIAL CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2015     2014     2013  

INTEREST INCOME

     

Loans

  $ 308,325      $ 245,278      $ 229,665   

Securities:

     

Taxable interest

    75,327        76,204        75,202   

Tax-exempt interest

    43,598        39,209        40,399   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total securities income

    118,925        115,413        115,601   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Federal funds and resell agreements

    697        259        193   

Interest-bearing due from banks

    2,356        2,525        1,918   

Trading securities

    378        396        964   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest income

    430,681        363,871        348,341   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

INTEREST EXPENSE

     

Deposits

    14,269        12,242        13,183   

Federal funds and repurchase agreements

    1,785        1,616        1,739   

Other

    2,560        (42     150   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest expense

    18,614        13,816        15,072   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

    412,067        350,055        333,269   

Provision for loan losses

    15,500        17,000        17,500   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

    396,567        333,055        315,769   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NONINTEREST INCOME

     

Trust and securities processing

    262,056        288,054        265,948   

Trading and investment banking

    20,218        19,398        20,641   

Service charges on deposit accounts

    86,460        85,299        84,133   

Insurance fees and commissions

    2,530        3,011        3,727   

Brokerage fees

    11,753        10,761        11,470   

Bankcard fees

    69,211        67,250        62,031   

Gains on sales of securities available for sale, net

    10,402        4,127        8,542   

Equity (losses) earnings on alternative investments

    (12,188     3,975        19,048   

Other

    16,012        16,813        16,293   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total noninterest income

    466,454        498,688        491,833   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NONINTEREST EXPENSE

     

Salaries and employee benefits

    406,472        358,569        339,691   

Occupancy, net

    43,861        40,197        39,291   

Equipment

    63,533        53,609        49,207   

Supplies and services

    18,579        20,411        20,387   

Marketing and business development

    23,730        24,148        22,703   

Processing fees

    51,328        56,049        57,791   

Legal and consulting

    26,390        20,407        18,703   

Bankcard

    20,288        19,594        18,381   

Amortization of other intangible assets

    12,090        12,193        13,218   

Regulatory fees

    12,125        10,445        9,129   

Contingency reserve

    —          20,272        —     

Other

    25,340        29,786        34,703   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total noninterest expense

    703,736        665,680        623,204   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

    159,285        166,063        184,398   

Income tax expense

    43,212        45,408        50,433   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

  $ 116,073      $ 120,655      $ 133,965   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

PER SHARE DATA

     

Net income – basic

  $ 2.46      $ 2.69      $ 3.25   

Net income – diluted

    2.44        2.65        3.20   

Weighted average shares outstanding – basic

    47,126,252        44,844,578        41,275,839   

Weighted average shares outstanding – diluted

    47,579,334        45,445,283        41,838,580   

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

64


Table of Contents

UMB FINANCIAL CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(dollars in thousands)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2015     2014     2013  

Net income

   $ 116,073      $ 120,655      $ 133,965   

Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax:

      

Unrealized (losses) gains on securities:

      

Change in unrealized holding (losses) gains, net

     (13,393     74,147        (178,500

Less: Reclassifications adjustment for gains included in net income

     (10,402     (4,127     (8,542
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in unrealized (losses) gains on securities during the period

     (23,795     70,020        (187,042

Change in unrealized losses on derivative hedges

     (10     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax benefit (expense)

     9,081        (26,374     68,814   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive (loss) income

     (14,724     43,646        (118,228
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

   $ 101,349      $ 164,301      $ 15,737   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

65


Table of Contents

UMB FINANCIAL CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

     Common
Stock
     Capital
Surplus
    Retained
Earnings
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
(Loss) Income
    Treasury
Stock
    Total  

Balance January 1, 2013

   $ 55,057       $ 732,069        787,015        85,588        (380,384     1,279,345   

Total comprehensive income

        —          133,965        (118,228     —          15,737   

Dividends ($0.87 per share)

     —           —          (36,350     —          —          (36,350

Purchase of treasury stock

     —           —          —          —          (3,501     (3,501

Issuance of equity awards

     —           (1,651     —          —          2,101        450   

Recognition of equity based compensation

     —           7,936        —          —          —          7,936   

Net tax benefit related to equity compensation plans

     —           1,224        —          —          —          1,224   

Sale of treasury stock

     —           520        —          —          256        776   

Exercise of stock options

     —           3,986        —          —          5,032        9,018   

Common stock issuance

     —           138,323        —          —          93,107        231,430   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance December 31, 2013

   $ 55,057       $ 882,407      $ 884,630      $ (32,640   $ (283,389   $ 1,506,065   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

          120,655        43,646        —          164,301   

Dividends ($0.91 per share)

     —           —          (41,374     —          —          (41,374

Purchase of treasury stock

     —           —          —          —          (5,741     (5,741

Issuance of equity awards

     —           (2,338     —          —          2,827        489   

Recognition of equity based compensation

     —           9,172        —          —          —          9,172   

Net tax benefit related to equity compensation plans

     —           1,880        —          —          —          1,880   

Sale of treasury stock

     —           596        —          —          340        936   

Exercise of stock options

     —           2,885        —          —          5,145        8,030   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance December 31, 2014

   $ 55,057       $ 894,602      $ 963,911      $ 11,006      $ (280,818   $ 1,643,758   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

          116,073        (14,724     —          101,349   

Dividends ($0.95 per share)

     —           —          (45,994     —          —          (45,994

Purchase of treasury stock

     —           —          —          —          (8,457     (8,457

Issuance of equity awards

     —           (3,278     —          —          3,737        459   

Recognition of equity based compensation

     —           10,292        —          —          —          10,292   

Net tax benefit related to equity compensation plans

     —           944        —          —          —          944   

Sale of treasury stock

     —           611        —          —          445        1,056   

Exercise of stock options

     —           4,083        —          —          6,467        10,550   

Common stock issuance for acquisition

     —           112,635        —          —          67,102        179,737   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance December 31, 2015

   $ 55,057       $ 1,019,889      $ 1,033,990      $ (3,718   $ (211,524   $ 1,893,694   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

66


Table of Contents

UMB FINANCIAL CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(dollars in thousands)

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2015     2014     2013  

OPERATING ACTIVITIES

     

Net income

  $ 116,073      $ 120,655      $ 133,965   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

     

Provision for loan losses

    15,500        17,000        17,500   

Net accretion of premiums and discounts from acquisition

    (2,727     —          —     

Depreciation and amortization

    52,751        46,355        44,221   

Deferred income tax (benefit) expense

    (4,848     (11,456     (5,123

Net decrease (increase) in trading securities and other earning assets

    10,258        (2,714     8,252   

Gains on sales of securities available for sale

    (10,402     (4,127     (8,542

Gains on sales of assets

    (98     (3,034     (1,431

Amortization of securities premiums, net of discount accretion

    57,301        51,542        53,248   

Originations of loans held for sale

    (96,324     (71,598     (118,418

Net gains on sales of loans held for sale

    (1,331     (1,137     (887

Proceeds from sales of loans held for sale

    97,690        73,468        121,825   

Equity based compensation

    10,751        9,661        8,386   

Changes in:

     

Accrued income

    (7,075     (1,081     (8,467

Accrued expenses and taxes

    (4,503     40,345        61,092   

Other assets and liabilities, net

    (22,055     (20,100     (10,423
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

    210,961        243,779        295,198   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

INVESTING ACTIVITIES

     

Proceeds from maturities of securities held to maturity

    59,775        25,270        34,033   

Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale

    946,045        413,955        685,031   

Proceeds from maturities of securities available for sale

    1,200,178        1,321,135        1,495,867   

Purchases of securities held to maturity

    (451,350     (109,308     (135,598

Purchases of securities available for sale

    (1,923,747     (1,859,692     (2,238,238

Net increase in loans

    (988,434     (963,028     (844,993

Net (increase) decrease in fed funds sold and resell agreements

    (45,190     (31,087     2,850   

Net decrease (increase) in interest bearing balances due from other financial institutions

    34,473        (164,415     (10,160

Purchases of premises and equipment

    (53,760     (44,790     (38,313

Net cash activity from acquisitions and branch sales

    95,351        (18,231     26,087   

Proceeds from sales of premises and equipment

    1,069        5,212        2,586   

Purchases of bank-owned and company-owned life insurance

    (204,647     (6,000     —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

    (1,330,237     (1,430,979     (1,020,848
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

FINANCING ACTIVITIES

     

Net increase in demand and savings deposits

    894,667        174,718        1,800,207   

Net (decrease) increase in time deposits

    (352,622     (178,294     159,639   

Net (decrease) increase in fed funds purchased and repurchase agreements

    (207,070     441,914        (204,052

Net decrease in short-term debt

    (112,133     (107     (407

Proceeds from long-term debt

    2,500        5,320        1,000   

Repayment of long-term debt

    (10,816     (1,565     (1,310

Payment of contingent consideration on acquisitions

    (21,494     (13,725     (16,172

Cash dividends paid

    (45,967     (41,364     (36,168

Net tax benefit related to equity compensation plans

    944        1,880        1,224   

Common stock issuance

    —          —          231,430   

Proceeds from exercise of stock options and sales of treasury shares

    11,606        8,966        9,794   

Purchases of treasury stock

    (8,457     (5,741     (3,501
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

    151,158        392,002        1,941,684   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

    (968,118     (795,198     1,216,034   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

    1,787,230        2,582,428        1,366,394   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

  $ 819,112      $ 1,787,230      $ 2,582,428   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures:

     

Income taxes paid

  $ 47,086      $ 61,228      $ 46,445   

Total interest paid

    17,812        13,958        15,823   

Transactions related to Marquette acquisition

  

Assets acquired

    1,312,174        —          —     

Liabilities assumed

    1,151,025        —          —     

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

67


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

UMB Financial Corporation is a bank holding company, which offers a wide range of banking and other financial services to its customers through its branches and offices in the states of Missouri, Kansas, Colorado, Illinois, Oklahoma, Texas, Arizona, Nebraska, Pennsylvania, South Dakota, Indiana, Utah, Minnesota, California, and Wisconsin. The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements. These estimates and assumptions also impact reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Following is a summary of the more significant accounting policies to assist the reader in understanding the financial presentation.

Consolidation

The Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries are included in the Consolidated Financial Statements (references hereinafter to the “Company” in these Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements include wholly owned subsidiaries). Intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Revenue Recognition

Interest on loans and securities is recognized based on rate times the principal amount outstanding. This includes the impact of amortization of premiums and discounts. Interest accrual is discontinued when, in the opinion of management, the likelihood of collection becomes doubtful. Other noninterest income is recognized as services are performed or revenue-generating transactions are executed.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include Cash and due from banks and amounts due from the Federal Reserve Bank. Cash on hand, cash items in the process of collection, and amounts due from correspondent banks are included in Cash and due from banks. Amounts due from the Federal Reserve Bank are interest-bearing for all periods presented and are included in the Interest-bearing due from banks line on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.

This table provides a summary of cash and cash equivalents as presented on the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2015      2014  

Due from the Federal Reserve

   $ 360,895       $ 1,342,931   

Cash and due from banks

     458,217         444,299   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 819,112       $ 1,787,230   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Also included in the Interest-bearing due from banks line, but not considered cash and cash equivalents are interest-bearing accounts held at other financial institutions, which totaled $162.0 million and $196.5 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Loans and Loans Held for Sale

Loans are classified by the portfolio segments of commercial, real estate, consumer, and leases. The portfolio segments are further disaggregated into the loan classes of commercial, asset-based, factoring, commercial credit card, real estate – construction, real estate – commercial, real estate – residential, real estate – HELOC, consumer – credit card, consumer – other, and leases.

 

68


Table of Contents

A loan is considered to be impaired when management believes it is probable that it will be unable to collect all principal and interest due according to the contractual terms of the loan. If a loan is impaired, the Company records a valuation allowance equal to the carrying amount of the loan in excess of the present value of the estimated future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective rate, based on the loan’s observable market price or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.

A loan is accounted for as a troubled debt restructuring when a concession had been granted to a debtor experiencing financial difficulties. The Company’s modifications generally include interest rate adjustments, and amortization and maturity date extensions. These modifications allow the debtor short-term cash relief to allow them to improve their financial condition. Restructured loans are individually evaluated for impairment as part of the allowance for loan loss analysis.

Loans, including those that are considered to be impaired and restructured, are evaluated regularly by management. Loans are considered delinquent when payment has not been received within 30 days of its contractual due date. Loans are placed on non-accrual status when the collection of interest or principal is 90 days or more past due, unless the loan is adequately secured and in the process of collection. When a loan is placed on non-accrual status, any interest previously accrued but not collected is reversed against current income. Loans may be returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured. Interest payments received on non-accrual loans are applied to principal unless the remaining principal balance has been determined to be fully collectible.

The adequacy of the allowance for loan losses is based on management’s continuing evaluation of the pertinent factors underlying the quality of the loan portfolio, including actual loan loss experience, current economic conditions, detailed analysis of individual loans for which full collectability may not be assured, determination of the existence and realizable value of the collateral and guarantees securing such loans. The actual losses, notwithstanding such considerations, however, could differ from the amounts estimated by management.

The Company maintains a reserve, separate from the allowance for loan losses, to address the risk of loss associated with loan contingencies, which is included in the Accrued expenses and taxes line item in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. In order to maintain the reserve for off-balance sheet items at an appropriate level, a provision to increase or reduce the reserve is included in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Income. The level of the reserve will be adjusted as needed to maintain the reserve at a specified level in relation to contingent loan risk. The risk of loss arising from un-funded loan commitments has been assessed by dividing the contingencies into pools of similar loan commitments and by applying two factors to each pool. The gross amount of contingent exposure is first multiplied by a potential use factor to estimate the degree to which the unused commitments might reasonably be expected to be used in a time of high usage. The resultant figure is then multiplied by a factor to estimate the risk of loss assuming funding of these loans. The potential loss estimates for each segment of the portfolio are added to arrive at a total potential loss estimate that is used to set the reserve.

Purchased loans are recorded at estimated fair value at the Acquisition Date with no carryover of the related allowance. Purchased loans are segregated between those considered to be performing, non-purchased credit impaired loans (Non-PCI), and those with evidence of credit deterioration, purchased credit impaired loans (PCI). Purchased loans are considered impaired if there is evidence of credit deterioration and if it is probable, at acquisition, that all contractually required payments will not be collected. See further information regarding the accounting for PCI loans in Note 3, “Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses,” on page 74.

Loans held for sale are carried at the lower of aggregate cost or market value. Loan fees (net of certain direct loan origination costs) on loans held for sale are deferred until the related loans are sold or repaid. Gains or losses on loan sales are recognized at the time of sale and determined using the specific identification method.

 

69


Table of Contents

Securities

Debt securities available for sale principally include U.S. Treasury and agency securities, Government Sponsored Entity (GSE) mortgage-backed securities, certain securities of state and political subdivisions, and corporates. Securities classified as available for sale are measured at fair value. Unrealized holding gains and losses are excluded from earnings and reported in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (AOCI) until realized. Realized gains and losses on sales are computed by the specific identification method at the time of disposition and are shown separately as a component of noninterest income.

Securities held to maturity are carried at amortized historical cost based on management’s intention, and the Company’s ability to hold them to maturity. The Company classifies certain securities of state and political subdivisions as held to maturity.

Trading securities, acquired for subsequent sale to customers, are carried at fair value. Market adjustments, fees and gains or losses on the sale of trading securities are considered to be a normal part of operations and are included in trading and investment banking income.

Equity-method investments

The Company accounts for certain other investments using equity-method accounting. For non-marketable equity-method investments, the Company’s proportionate share of the income or loss is recognized on a one-quarter lag. When transparency in pricing exists, other investments are considered marketable equity-method investments. For marketable equity-method investments, the Company recognizes its proportionate share of income or loss as of the date of the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

Goodwill and Other Intangibles

Goodwill is tested for impairment annually and more frequently whenever events or changes in circumstance indicate that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. To test goodwill for impairment, the Company performs a qualitative assessment of each reporting unit. If the Company determines, on the basis of qualitative factors, that the fair value of the reporting unit is more likely than not greater than the carrying amount, the two-step impairment test is not required. Otherwise, the Company compares the fair value of its reporting units to their carrying amounts to determine if an impairment is indicated. If an impairment is indicated, the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill is compared to its carrying amount. An impairment loss is measured as the excess of the carrying value of a reporting unit’s goodwill over its implied fair value. As a result of such impairment tests, the Company has not recognized an impairment charge.

No goodwill impairments were recognized in 2015, 2014, or 2013. Other intangible assets are amortized over a period of up to 17 years and are evaluated for impairment when events or circumstances dictate. No intangible asset impairments were recognized in 2015, 2014, or 2013. The Company does not have any indefinite lived intangible assets.

Premises and Equipment

Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation, which is computed primarily on the straight line method. Premises are depreciated over 15 to 40 year lives, while equipment is depreciated over lives of 3 to 20 years. Gains and losses from the sale of Premises and equipment are included in Other noninterest income.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets, including Premises and equipment, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of an asset or group of assets may not be recoverable. The impairment review includes a comparison of future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset or group of

 

70


Table of Contents

assets to their current carrying value. If the carrying value of the asset or group of assets exceeds expected cash flows (undiscounted and without interest charges), an impairment loss is recognized to the extent the carrying value exceeds fair value. No impairments were recognized in 2015, 2014, or 2013.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured based on the differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the periods in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. The provision for deferred income taxes represents the change in the deferred income tax accounts during the year excluding the tax effect of the change in net unrealized gain (loss) on securities available for sale.

The Company records deferred tax assets to the extent these assets will more likely than not be realized. All available evidence is considered in making such determination, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies and recent financial operations. A valuation allowance is recorded for the portion of deferred tax assets that do not meet the more-likely-than-not threshold, and any changes to the valuation allowance are recorded in income tax expense.

The Company records the financial statement effects of an income tax position when it is more likely than not, based on the technical merits, that it will be sustained upon examination. A tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is measured and recorded as the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement with a taxing authority. Previously recognized tax positions are derecognized in the first period in which it is no longer more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained. The benefit associated with previously unrecognized tax positions are generally recognized in the first period in which the more-likely-than-not threshold is met at the reporting date, the tax matter is ultimately settled through negotiation or litigation or when the related statute of limitations for the relevant taxing authority to examine and challenge the tax position has expired. The recognition, derecognition and measurement of tax positions are based on management’s best judgment given the facts, circumstance and information available at the reporting date.

The Company recognizes accrued interest related to unrecognized tax benefits in interest expense and penalties in other noninterest expense. Accrued interest and penalties are included within the related liability lines in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. For the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company has recognized an immaterial amount in interest and penalties related to the unrecognized tax benefits.

Derivatives

The Company records all derivatives on the Consolidated Balance Sheets at fair value. The accounting for changes in the fair value of derivatives depends on the intended use of the derivative, whether the Company has elected to designate a derivative in a hedging relationship and apply hedge accounting and whether the hedging relationship has satisfied the criteria necessary to apply hedge accounting. Currently, four of the Company’s derivatives are designated in qualifying hedging relationships. However, the remainder of the Company’s derivatives are not designated in qualifying hedging relationships, as the derivatives are not used to manage risks within the Company’s assets or liabilities. All changes in fair value of the Company’s non-designated derivatives are recognized directly in earnings. Changes in fair value of the Company’s fair value hedges are recognized directly in earnings. The effective portion of changes in fair value of the Company’s cash flow hedges are recognized in AOCI. The ineffective portion of changes in fair value of the cash flow hedges is recognized directly in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Income.

 

71


Table of Contents

Per Share Data

Basic income per share is computed based on the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during each period. Diluted year-to-date income per share includes the dilutive effect of 453,082, 600,705, and 562,741shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options and nonvested restricted shares granted by the Company at December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively.

Options issued under employee benefit plans to purchase 455,998, and 249,368 shares of common stock were outstanding at December 31, 2015, and 2014, respectively, but were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because the options were anti-dilutive.

Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation

The Company measures the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments based on the fair value of the award on the date of the grant. The grant date fair value is estimated using either an option-pricing model which is consistent with the terms of the award or an observed market price, if such a price exists. Such cost is generally recognized over the vesting period during which an employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award and, in some cases, when performance metrics are met. The Company also estimates the number of instruments that will ultimately be issued by applying a forfeiture rate to each grant.

2. NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

Accounting for Investments in Qualified Affordable Housing Projects In January 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued ASU No. 2014-01, “Accounting for Investments in Qualified Affordable Housing Projects.” The amendments permit reporting entities to make an accounting policy election to account for their investments in qualified affordable housing projects using the proportional amortization method if certain conditions are met. Regardless of whether the reporting entity chooses to elect the proportional amortization method, this ASU introduces new recurring disclosures about all investments in qualified affordable housing projects. The ASU was effective January 1, 2015. Amortization of investments in LIHTC partnerships was previously recorded as part of Other noninterest expense. Due to the implementation of ASU No. 2014-01, this amortization is now recorded in Income tax expense and was applied retrospectively to the Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.

Reclassification of Residential Real Estate Loans In January 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-04, “Reclassification of Residential Real Estate Collateralized Consumer Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosure.” The amendment is intended to reduce diversity in practice by clarifying when an in-substance repossession or foreclosure occurs, that is, when a creditor should be considered to have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan such that the loan receivable should be derecognized and the real estate property recognized. The ASU was effective January 1, 2015, and the adoption of this accounting pronouncement did not have a significant impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

Revenue Recognition In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers.” The issuance is part of a joint effort by the FASB and the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) to enhance financial reporting by creating common revenue recognition guidance for U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) and, thereby, improving the consistency of requirements, comparability of practices and usefulness of disclosures. The ASU will replace most existing revenue recognition guidance in U.S. GAAP when it becomes effective. In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-14, which deferred the effective date of ASU No. 2014-09 to annual reporting periods that begin after December 15, 2017. The standard permits the use of either the retrospective or cumulative effect transition method. The Company is currently evaluating the effect that ASU 2014-09 will have on its Consolidated Financial Statements and related disclosures. The Company has not yet selected a transition method nor has it determined the effect of the standard on its ongoing financial reporting.

 

72


Table of Contents

Repurchase-to-Maturity Transactions In June 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-11, “Repurchase-to-Maturity Transactions, Repurchased Financings, and Disclosures.” The amendment changes the accounting for repurchase-to-maturity transactions and linked repurchase financings to secured borrowing accounting, which is consistent with accounting for other repurchase agreements. Additionally, the amendment requires new disclosures on transfers accounted for as sales in transactions that are economically similar to repurchase agreements and requires increased transparency on collateral pledged in secured borrowings. The accounting changes in the standard and the disclosures for transactions accounted for as sales were effective January 1, 2015 and had no impact on the Company’s financial statements. The disclosures required for repurchase agreements, securities lending transactions, and repos-to-maturity accounted for as secured borrowings were effective April 1, 2015 and did not have a significant impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements except for additional financial statement disclosures.

Stock Compensation In June 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-12, “Accounting for Share-Based Payments When the Terms of an Award Provide that a Performance Target could be Achieved after the Requisite Service Period.” The amendment is intended to reduce diversity in practice by clarifying that a performance target that affects vesting and that could be achieved after the requisite service period be treated as a performance condition. The amendments in this update are effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015 with early adoption permitted. The adoption of this accounting pronouncement will not have a significant impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-14, “Classification of Certain Government-Guaranteed Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosure.” The amendment is intended to reduce diversity in practice in the classification of mortgage loans extended under certain government-sponsored loan guarantee programs, such as those offered by the Federal Housing Administration (FHA) and the Department of Veterans Affairs (VA), that entitle the creditor to recover all or a portion of the unpaid principal balance from the government if a borrower defaults. This update requires government-guaranteed mortgage loans that meet certain criteria to be derecognized and a separate receivable be recognized upon foreclosure. The amendments in this update were effective January 1, 2015 and the adoption of this accounting pronouncement did not have a significant impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

Going Concern In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15, “Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern.” The amendment addresses management’s responsibility in regularly evaluating whether there is substantial doubt about a company’s ability to continue as a going concern. The amendments in this update are effective for the annual period ending after December 15, 2016, and for annual and interim periods thereafter, although early adoption is permitted. The adoption of this accounting pronouncement will not have a significant impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

Derivatives and Hedging In November 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-16, “Determining Whether the Host Contract in a Hybrid Financial Instrument Issued in the Form of a Share is More Akin to Debt or to Equity.” The amendment is intended to address how current U.S. GAAP should be interpreted in evaluating the economic characteristics and risks of a host contract in a hybrid financial instrument that is issued in the form of a share. The amendments in this update are effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015, although early adoption is permitted. The adoption of this accounting pronouncement will not have a significant impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

Consolidation In February 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-02, “Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis.” The amendment substantially changes the way reporting entities are required to evaluate whether they should consolidate certain legal entities. All legal entities are subject to reevaluation under the new amendment. Specifically, the amendments modify the evaluation of whether limited partnerships and similar legal entities are variable interest entities (VIEs) or voting interest entities, eliminate the presumption that a general partner should consolidate a limited partnership, and affect the consolidation analysis of reporting entities that are involved with

 

73


Table of Contents

VIEs. The amendments in this update are effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted. The standard permits the use of either the retrospective or cumulative effect transition method. The adoption of this accounting pronouncement will not have a significant impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

3. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

Loan Origination/Risk Management

The Company has certain lending policies and procedures in place that are designed to minimize the level of risk within the loan portfolio. Diversification of the loan portfolio manages the risk associated with fluctuations in economic conditions. Authority levels are established for the extension of credit to ensure consistency throughout the Company. It is necessary that policies, processes and practices implemented to control the risks of individual credit transactions and portfolio segments are sound and adhered to. The Company maintains an independent loan review department that reviews and validates the credit risk program on a continual basis. Management regularly evaluates the results of the loan reviews. The loan review process complements and reinforces the risk identification and assessment decisions made by lenders and credit personnel, as well as the Company’s policies and procedures.

Commercial loans are underwritten after evaluating and understanding the borrower’s ability to operate profitably and prudently expand its business. Commercial loans are made based on the identified cash flows of the borrower and on the underlying collateral provided by the borrower. The cash flows of the borrower, however, may not be as expected and the collateral securing these loans may fluctuate in value. Most commercial loans are secured by the assets being financed or other business assets such as accounts receivable or inventory and may incorporate a personal guarantee. In the case of loans secured by accounts receivable, the availability of funds for the repayment of these loans may be substantially dependent on the ability of the borrower to collect amounts from its customers. Commercial credit cards are generally unsecured and are underwritten with criteria similar to commercial loans including an analysis of the borrower’s cash flow, available business capital, and overall credit-worthiness of the borrower.

Asset-based loans are offered primarily in the form of revolving lines of credit to commercial borrowers that do not generally qualify for traditional bank financing. Asset-based loans are underwritten based primarily upon the value of the collateral pledged to secure the loan, rather than on the borrower’s general financial condition as traditionally reflected by cash flow, balance sheet strength, operating results, and credit bureau ratings. The Company utilizes pre-loan due diligence techniques, monitoring disciplines, and loan management practices common within the asset-based lending industry to underwrite loans to these borrowers.

Factoring loans provide working capital through the purchase and/or financing of accounts receivable to borrowers in the transportation industry and to commercial borrowers that do not generally qualify for traditional bank financing.

Commercial real estate loans are subject to underwriting standards and processes similar to commercial loans, in addition to those of real estate loans. These loans are viewed primarily as cash flow loans and secondarily as loans secured by real estate. Commercial real estate lending typically involves higher loan principal amounts, and the repayment of these loans is largely dependent on the successful operation of the property securing the loan or the business conducted on the property securing the loan. The Company requires an appraisal of the collateral be made at origination and on an as-needed basis, in conformity with current market conditions and regulatory requirements. The underwriting standards address both owner and non-owner occupied real estate.

Construction loans are underwritten using feasibility studies, independent appraisal reviews, sensitivity analysis or absorption and lease rates and financial analysis of the developers and property owners. Construction loans are based upon estimates of costs and value associated with the complete project. Construction loans often

 

74


Table of Contents

involve the disbursement of substantial funds with repayment substantially dependent on the success of the ultimate project. Sources of repayment for these types of loans may be pre-committed permanent loans, sales of developed property or an interim loan commitment from the Company until permanent financing is obtained. These loans are closely monitored by on-site inspections and are considered to have higher risks than other real estate loans due to their repayment being sensitive to interest rate changes, governmental regulation of real property, economic conditions, and the availability of long-term financing.

Underwriting standards for residential real estate and home equity loans are based on the borrower’s loan-to-value percentage, collection remedies, and overall credit history.

Consumer loans are underwritten based on the borrower’s repayment ability. The Company monitors delinquencies on all of its consumer loans and leases and periodically reviews the distribution of FICO scores relative to historical periods to monitor credit risk on its credit card loans. The underwriting and review practices combined with the relatively small loan amounts that are spread across many individual borrowers, minimizes risk. Consumer loans and leases that are 90 days past due or more are considered non-performing.

Credit risk is a potential loss resulting from nonpayment of either the primary or secondary exposure. Credit risk is mitigated with formal risk management practices and a thorough initial credit-granting process including consistent underwriting standards and approval process. Control factors or techniques to minimize credit risk include knowing the client, understanding total exposure, analyzing the client and debtor’s financial capacity, and monitoring the client’s activities. Credit risk and portions of the portfolio risk are managed through concentration considerations, average risk ratings, and other aggregate characteristics.

The loan portfolio is comprised of loans originated by the Company and purchased loans in connection with the Company’s acquisition of Marquette on May 31, 2015. The purchased loans were recorded at estimated fair value at the Acquisition Date with no carryover of the related allowance. The purchased loans were segregated between those considered to be performing, Non-PCI, and those with evidence of credit deterioration, PCI. Purchased loans are considered impaired if there is evidence of credit deterioration and if it is probable, at acquisition, that all contractually required payments will not be collected.

At Acquisition Date, gross loans from the Marquette acquisition had a fair value of $980.4 million split between Non-PCI loans totaling $972.6 million and PCI loans totaling $7.8 million. The gross contractually required principal and interest payments receivable for the Non-PCI loans and PCI loans totaled $983.9 million and $9.3 million, respectively.

The fair value estimates for purchased loans are based on expected prepayments and the amount and timing of discounted expected principal, interest and other cash flows. Credit discounts representing the principal losses expected over the life of the loan are also a component of the initial fair value. In determining the Acquisition Date fair value of PCI loans, and in subsequent accounting, the Company generally aggregated purchased commercial, real estate, and consumer loans into pools of loans with common risk characteristics.

The difference between the fair value of Non-PCI loans and contractual amounts due at the Acquisition Date is accreted into income over the estimated life of the loans. Contractual amounts due represent the total undiscounted amount of all uncollected principal and interest payments.

Loans accounted for under ASC Topic 310-30

The excess of PCI loans’ contractual amounts due over the amount of undiscounted cash flows expected to be collected is referred to as the non-accretable difference. The non-accretable difference, which is neither accreted into income nor recorded on the Consolidated Balance Sheets, reflects estimated future credit losses and uncollectible contractual interest expected to be incurred over the life of the PCI loans. The excess cash flows expected to be collected over the carrying amount of PCI loans is referred to as the accretable yield. This amount

 

75


Table of Contents

is accreted into interest income over the remaining life of the purchased loans or pools using the level yield method. The accretable yield is affected by changes in interest rate indices for variable rate loans, changes in prepayment speed assumptions, and changes in expected principal and interest payments over the estimated lives of the PCI loans.

Each quarter the Company evaluates the remaining contractual amounts due and estimates cash flows expected to be collected over the life of the PCI loans. Contractual amounts due may increase or decrease for a variety of reasons, for example, when the contractual terms of the loan agreement are modified, when interest rates on variable rate loans change, or when principal and/or interest payments are received. Cash flows expected to be collected on PCI loans are estimated by incorporating several key assumptions similar to the initial estimate of fair value. These key assumptions include probability of default, loss given default, and the amount of actual prepayments after the acquisition date. Prepayments affect the estimated lives of loans and could change the amount of interest income, and possibly principal, expected to be collected. In re-forecasting future estimated cash flows, credit loss expectations are adjusted as necessary. The adjustments are based, in part, on actual loss severities recognized for each loan type, as well as changes in the probability of default. For periods in which estimated cash flows are not reforecasted, the prior reporting period’s estimated cash flows are adjusted to reflect the actual cash received and credit events that transpired during the current reporting period.

Increases in expected cash flows of PCI loans subsequent to the acquisition date are recognized prospectively through adjustments of the yield on the loans or pools over their remaining lives, while decreases in expected cash flows are recognized as impairment through a provision for loan losses and an increase in the allowance.

The PCI loans are accounted for in accordance with ASC Topic 310-30, Loans and Debt Securities Purchased with Deteriorated Credit Quality. At December 31, 2015, the net recorded carrying amount of loans accounted for under ASC 310-30 was $3.1 million and the contractual amount due was $3.8 million.

Information about the PCI loan portfolio subject to purchased credit impairment accounting guidance (ASC 310-30) as of May 31, 2015 is as follows (in thousands):

 

PCI Loans:

   At May 31,
2015
 

Contractually required principal and interest at acquisition

   $ 9,282   

Non-accretable difference

     (1,307
  

 

 

 

Expected cash flows at acquisition

     7,975   

Accretable yield

     (164
  

 

 

 

Fair value of purchased loans

   $ 7,811   
  

 

 

 

Below is the composition of the net book value for the PCI loans accounted for under ASC 310-30 at December 31, 2015 (in thousands):

 

PCI Loans:

   At December 31,
2015
 

Contractual cash flows

   $ 3,843   

Non-accretable difference

     (647

Accretable yield

     (140
  

 

 

 

Loans accounted for under ASC 310-30

   $ 3,056   
  

 

 

 

 

76


Table of Contents

Loan Aging Analysis

This table provides a summary of loan classes and an aging of past due loans at December 31, 2015 and 2014 (in thousands):

 

     December 31, 2015  
     30-89
Days Past

Due and
Accruing
     Greater
than 90
Days Past

Due and
Accruing
     Non-Accrual
Loans
     Total
Past Due
     PCI
Loans
     Current      Total Loans  

Loans

                    

Commercial:

                    

Commercial

   $ 5,821       $ 2,823       $ 43,841       $ 52,485       $ —         $ 4,153,251       $ 4,205,736   

Asset-based

     —           —           —           —           —           219,244         219,244   

Factoring

     —           —           —           —           —           90,686         90,686   

Commercial – credit card

     614         24         13         651         —           124,710         125,361   

Real estate:

                    

Real estate – construction

     1,828         548         331         2,707         —           413,861         416,568   

Real estate – commercial

     2,125         1,630         9,578         13,333         1,055         2,648,384         2,662,772   

Real estate – residential

     612         35         800         1,447         —           490,780         492,227   

Real estate – HELOC

     129         —           3,524         3,653         —           726,310         729,963   

Consumer:

                    

Consumer – credit card

     2,256         2,089         468         4,813         —           286,757         291,570   

Consumer – other

     5,917         175         2,597         8,689         2,001         144,087         154,777   

Leases

     —           —           —           —           —           41,857         41,857   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

   $ 19,302       $ 7,324       $ 61,152       $ 87,778       $ 3,056       $ 9,339,927       $ 9,430,761   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2015  
     30-89
Days
Past Due
     Greater
than 90
Days
Past Due
     Current      Total Loans  

PCI Loans

           

Commercial:

           

Commercial

   $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —     

Asset-based

     —           —           —           —     

Factoring

     —           —           —           —     

Commercial – credit card

     —           —           —           —     

Real estate:

           

Real estate – construction

     —           —           —           —     

Real estate – commercial

     —           1,055         —           1,055   

Real estate – residential

     —           —           —           —     

Real estate – HELOC

     —           —           —           —     

Consumer:

           

Consumer – credit card

     —           —           —           —     

Consumer – other

     58         105         1,838         2,001   

Leases

     —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total PCI loans

   $ 58       $ 1,160       $ 1,838       $ 3,056   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

77


Table of Contents
     December 31, 2014  
     30-89
Days Past

Due and
Accruing
     Greater
than 90
Days Past

Due and
Accruing
     Non-Accrual
Loans
     Total
Past Due
     Current      Total Loans  

Commercial:

                 

Commercial

   $ 2,509       $ 363       $ 13,114       $ 15,986       $ 3,798,023       $ 3,814,009   

Commercial – credit card

     267         147         37         451         115,258         115,709   

Real estate:

                 

Real estate – construction

     1,244         —           983         2,227         253,779         256,006   

Real estate – commercial

     1,727         61         12,037         13,825         1,852,476         1,866,301   

Real estate – residential

     828         113         562         1,503         318,324         319,827   

Real estate – HELOC

     1,371         —           19         1,390         642,196         643,586   

Consumer:

                 

Consumer – credit card

     2,268         2,303         560         5,131         305,165         310,296   

Consumer – other

     1,743         843         70         2,656         98,314         100,970   

Leases

     —           —           —           —           39,090         39,090   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

   $ 11,957       $ 3,830       $ 27,382       $ 43,169       $ 7,422,625       $ 7,465,794   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans are considered past due or delinquent when the contractual principal or interest due in accordance with the terms of the loan agreement remains unpaid after the due date of the scheduled payment. Non-accrual loans include troubled debt restructurings on non-accrual status. Loan delinquency for all loans is shown in the tables above at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. Non-PCI loans that become nonperforming subsequent to acquisition are put on nonaccrual status and reported as nonperforming or past due using the same criteria applied to the originated loan portfolio.

The Company has ceased the recognition of interest on loans with a carrying value of $61.2 million and $27.4 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Restructured loans totaled $36.6 million and $9.3 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Loans 90 days past due and still accruing interest amounted to $7.3 million and $3.8 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. There was an insignificant amount of interest recognized on impaired loans during 2015, 2014, and 2013.

The Company sold residential real estate loans with proceeds of $97.7 million, $73.5 million, and $121.8 million in the secondary market without recourse during the periods ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively.

Credit Quality Indicators

As part of the on-going monitoring of the credit quality of the Company’s loan portfolio, management tracks certain credit quality indicators including trends related to the risk grading of specified classes of loans, net charge-offs, non-performing loans, and general economic conditions.

The Company utilizes a risk grading matrix to assign a rating to each of its commercial, commercial real estate, and construction real estate loans. The loan rankings are summarized into the following categories: Non-watch list, Watch, Special Mention, and Substandard. Any loan not classified in one of the categories described below is considered to be a Non-watch list loan. A description of the general characteristics of the loan ranking categories is as follows:

 

    Watch – This rating represents credit exposure that presents higher than average risk and warrants greater than routine attention by Company personnel due to conditions affecting the borrower, the Borrower’s industry or the economic environment. These conditions have resulted in some degree of uncertainty that results in higher than average credit risk.

 

 

78


Table of Contents
    Special Mention – This rating reflects a potential weakness that deserves management’s close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for the asset or the institution’s credit position at some future date. The rating is not adversely classified and does not expose an institution to sufficient risk to warrant adverse classification.

 

    Substandard – This rating represents an asset inadequately protected by the current sound worth and paying capacity of the borrower or of the collateral pledged, if any. Assets so classified must have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. Loans in this category are characterized by the distinct possibility that the bank will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. Loss potential, while existing in the aggregate amount of substandard assets, does not have to exist in individual assets classified substandard. This category may include loans where the collection of full principal is doubtful or remote.

All other classes of loans are generally evaluated and monitored based on payment activity. Non-performing loans include restructured loans on non-accrual and all other non-accrual loans.

This table provides an analysis of the credit risk profile of each loan class excluded from ASC 310-30 at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 (in thousands):

Credit Exposure

Credit Risk Profile by Risk Rating

Originated and Non-PCI Loans

 

     Commercial      Asset-based      Factoring  
     December 31,
2015
     December 31,
2014
     December 31,
2015
     December 31,
2014
     December 31,
2015
     December 31,
2014
 

Non-watch list

   $ 3,880,109       $ 3,532,611       $ 198,903       $ —         $ 90,449       $ —     

Watch

     105,539         72,283         —           —           —           —     

Special Mention

     29,397         98,750         18,163         —           237         —     

Substandard

     190,691         110,365         2,178         —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 4,205,736       $ 3,814,009       $ 219,244       $ —         $ 90,686       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Real estate – construction      Real estate – commercial  
     December 31,
2015
     December
31, 2014
     December 31,
2015
     December
31, 2014
 

Non-watch list

   $ 415,258       $ 253,895       $ 2,561,401       $ 1,780,323   

Watch

     370         181         51,774         31,984   

Special Mention

     —           756         22,544         8,691   

Substandard

     940         1,174         25,998         45,303   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 416,568       $ 256,006       $ 2,661,717       $ 1,866,301   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

79


Table of Contents

Credit Exposure

Credit Risk Profile Based on Payment Activity

Originated and Non-PCI Loans

 

     Commercial – credit card      Real estate – residential      Real estate – HELOC  
     December 31,
2015
     December 31,
2014
     December 31,
2015
     December 31,
2014
     December 31,
2015
     December 31,
2014
 

Performing

   $ 125,348       $ 115,672       $ 491,427       $ 319,265       $ 726,439       $ 643,567   

Non-performing

     13         37         800         562         3,524         19   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 125,361       $ 115,709       $ 492,227       $ 319,827       $ 729,963       $ 643,586   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Consumer – credit card      Consumer – other      Leases  
     December 31,
2015
     December 31,
2014
     December 31,,
2015
     December 31,
2014
     December 31,
2015
     December 31,
2014
 

Performing

   $ 291,102       $ 309,736       $ 152,180       $ 100,900       $ 41,857       $ 39,090   

Non-performing

     468         560         2,597         70         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 291,570       $ 310,296       $ 154,777       $ 100,970       $ 41,857       $ 39,090   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

This table provides an analysis of the credit risk profile of each loan class accounted for under ASC 310-30 at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 (in thousands):

 

Credit Exposure

Credit Risk Profile by Risk Rating

PCI Loans

  

Credit Risk Profile Based on Payment Activity

PCI Loans

 

     Real estate – commercial           Consumer – other  
     December 31,
2015
     December 31,
2014
          December 31,
2015
     December 31,
2014
 

Non-watch list

   $ —         $ —         Performing    $ 2,001       $ —     

Watch

     —           —         Non-performing      —           —     
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Special Mention

     —           —        

Total

   $ 2,001       $ —     
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Substandard

     1,055         —              
  

 

 

    

 

 

          

Total

   $ 1,055       $ —              
  

 

 

    

 

 

          

Allowance for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan losses is a reserve established through a provision for loan losses charged to expense, which represents management’s judgment of inherent probable losses within the Company’s loan portfolio as of the balance sheet date. The allowance is necessary to reserve for estimated loan losses and risks inherent in the loan portfolio. Accordingly, the methodology is based on historical loss trends. The Company’s process for determining the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses is designed to account for credit deterioration as it occurs. The provision for probable loan losses reflects loan quality trends, including the levels of and trends related to non-accrual loans, past due loans, potential problem loans, criticized loans and net charge-offs or recoveries, among other factors.

The level of the allowance reflects management’s continuing evaluation of industry concentrations, specific credit risks, loan loss experience, current loan portfolio quality, present economic, political and regulatory conditions and unidentified losses inherent in the current loan portfolio. Portions of the allowance may be allocated for specific loans; however, the entire allowance is available for any loan that, in management’s judgment, should be charged off. While management utilizes its best judgment and information available, the

 

80


Table of Contents

adequacy of the allowance is dependent upon a variety of factors beyond the Company’s control, including, among other things, the performance of the Company’s loan portfolio, the economy, changes in interest rates and changes in the regulatory environment.

The Company’s allowance for loan losses consists of specific valuation allowances and general valuation allowances based on historical loan loss experience for similar loans with similar characteristics and trends, general economic conditions and other qualitative risk factors both internal and external to the Company.

The allowances established for probable losses on specific loans are based on a regular analysis and evaluation of impaired loans. Loans are classified based on an internal risk grading process that evaluates the obligor’s ability to repay, the underlying collateral, if any, and the economic environment and industry in which the borrower operates. When a loan is considered impaired, the loan is analyzed to determine the need, if any, to specifically allocate a portion of the allowance for loan losses to the loan. Specific valuation allowances are determined by analyzing the borrower’s ability to repay amounts owed, collateral deficiencies, the relative risk ranking of the loan and economic conditions affecting the borrower’s industry.

General valuation allowances are calculated based on the historical loss experience of specific types of loans including an evaluation of the time span and volume of the actual charge-off. The Company calculates historical loss ratios for pools of similar loans with similar characteristics based on the proportion of actual charge-offs experienced to the total population of loans in the pool. The historical loss ratios are updated based on actual charge-off experience. A valuation allowance is established for each pool of similar loans based upon the product of the historical loss ratio, time span to charge-off, and the total dollar amount of the loans in the pool. The Company’s pools of similar loans include similarly risk-graded groups of commercial loans, commercial real estate loans, commercial credit card, home equity loans, consumer real estate loans and consumer and other loans. The Company also considers a loan migration analysis for criticized loans. This analysis includes an assessment of the probability that a loan will move to a loss position based on its risk rating. The consumer credit card pool is evaluated based on delinquencies and credit scores. In addition, a portion of the allowance is determined by a review of qualitative factors by management.

Generally, the unsecured portion of a commercial or commercial real estate loan is charged-off when, after analyzing the borrower’s financial condition, it is determined that the borrower is incapable of servicing the debt, little or no prospect for near term improvement exists, and no realistic and significant strengthening action is pending. For collateral dependent commercial or commercial real estate loans, an analysis is completed regarding the Company’s collateral position to determine if the amounts due from the borrower are in excess of the calculated current fair value of the collateral. Specific allocations of the allowance for loan losses are made for any collateral deficiency. If a collateral deficiency is ultimately deemed to be uncollectible, the amount is charged-off. Revolving commercial loans (such as commercial credit cards) which are past due 90 cumulative days are classified as a loss and charged off.

Generally, a consumer loan, or a portion thereof, is charged-off in accordance with regulatory guidelines which provide that such loans be charged-off when the Company becomes aware of the loss, such as from a triggering event that may include but is not limited to new information about a borrower’s intent and ability to repay the loan, bankruptcy, fraud, or death. However, the charge-off timeframe should not exceed the specified delinquency time frames, which state that closed-end retail loans (such as real estate mortgages, home equity loans and consumer installment loans) that become past due 120 cumulative days and open-end retail loans (such as home equity lines of credit and consumer credit cards) that become past due 180 cumulative days are classified as a loss and charged-off.

 

81


Table of Contents

ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES AND RECORDED INVESTMENT IN LOANS

This table provides a rollforward of the allowance for loan losses by portfolio segment for the year ended December 31, 2015 (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2015  
     Commercial     Real estate     Consumer     Leases     Total  

Allowance for loan losses:

          

Beginning balance

   $ 55,349      $ 10,725      $ 9,921      $ 145      $ 76,140   

Charge-offs

     (5,239     (214     (9,658     —          (15,111

Recoveries

     1,824        321        2,469        —          4,614   

Provision

     11,913        (2,612     6,217        (18     15,500   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending Balance

   $ 63,847      $ 8,220      $ 8,949      $ 127      $ 81,143   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending Balance: individually evaluated for impairment

   $ 5,668      $ 196      $ —        $ —        $ 5,864   

Ending Balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

     58,179        8,024        8,949        127        75,279   

Ending Balance: PCI Loans

     —          —          —          —          —     

Loans:

          

Ending Balance: loans

   $ 4,641,027      $ 4,301,530      $ 446,347      $ 41,857      $ 9,430,761   

Ending Balance: individually evaluated for impairment

     68,004        7,747        2,574        —          78,325   

Ending Balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

     4,573,023        4,292,728        441,772        41,857        9,349,380   

Ending Balance: PCI Loans

     —          1,055        2,001          3,056   

This table provides a rollforward of the allowance for loan losses by portfolio segment for the year ended December 31, 2014 (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2014  
     Commercial     Real estate     Consumer     Leases      Total  

Allowance for loan losses:

           

Beginning balance

   $ 48,886      $ 15,342      $ 10,447      $ 76       $ 74,751   

Charge-offs

     (7,307     (259     (11,427     —           (18,993

Recoveries

     848        44        2,490        —           3,382   

Provision

     12,922        (4,402     8,411        69         17,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending Balance

   $ 55,349      $ 10,725      $ 9,921      $ 145       $ 76,140   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending Balance: individually evaluated for impairment

   $ 972      $ 935      $ —        $ —         $ 1,907   

Ending Balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

     54,377        9,790        9,921        145         74,233   

Loans:

           

Ending Balance: loans

   $ 3,929,718      $ 3,085,720      $ 411,266      $ 39,090       $ 7,465,794   

Ending Balance: individually evaluated for impairment

     17,060        10,243        1        —           27,304   

Ending Balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

     3,912,658        3,075,477        411,265        39,090         7,438,490   

 

82


Table of Contents

This table provides a rollforward of the allowance for loan losses by portfolio segment for the year ended December 31, 2013 (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2013  
     Commercial     Real estate     Consumer     Leases      Total  

Allowance for loan losses:

           

Beginning balance

   $ 43,390      $ 15,506      $ 12,470      $ 60       $ 71,426   

Charge-offs

     (4,748     (775     (12,131     —           (17,654

Recoveries

     867        77        2,535        —           3,479   

Provision

     9,377        534        7,573        16         17,500   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending Balance

   $ 48,886      $ 15,342      $ 10,447      $ 76       $ 74,751   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending Balance: individually evaluated for impairment

   $ 2,882      $ 1,370      $ —        $ —         $ 4,252   

Ending Balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

     46,004        13,972        10,447        76         70,499   

Loans:

           

Ending Balance: loans

   $ 3,404,773      $ 2,710,510      $ 381,248      $ 23,981       $ 6,520,512   

Ending Balance: individually evaluated for impairment

     14,635        15,543        11        —           30,189   

Ending Balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

     3,390,138        2,694,967        381,237        23,981         6,490,323   

Impaired Loans

This table provides an analysis of impaired loans by class for the year ended December 31, 2015 (in thousands):

 

     As of December 31, 2015  
     Unpaid
Principal
Balance
     Recorded
Investment
with No
Allowance
     Recorded
Investment
with
Allowance
     Total
Recorded
Investment
     Related
Allowance
     Average
Recorded
Investment
 

Commercial:

           

Commercial

   $ 72,739       $ 40,648       $ 27,356       $ 68,004       $ 5,668       $ 41,394   

Asset-based

     —           —           —           —           —           —     

Factoring

     —           —           —           —           —           —     

Commercial – credit card

     —           —           —           —           —           —     

Real estate:

           

Real estate – construction

     782         331         118         449         42         802   

Real estate – commercial

     7,117         4,891         1,275         6,166         154         7,768   

Real estate – residential

     1,054         939         —           939         —           1,433   

Real estate – HELOC

     214         193         —           193         —           162   

Consumer:

           

Consumer – credit card

     —           —           —           —           —           —     

Consumer – other

     2,574         2,574         —           2,574         —           1,795   

Leases

     —           —           —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 84,480       $ 49,576       $ 28,749       $ 78,325       $ 5,864       $ 53,354   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

83


Table of Contents

This table provides an analysis of impaired loans by class for the year ended December 31, 2014 (in thousands):

 

     As of December 31, 2014  
     Unpaid
Principal
Balance
     Recorded
Investment
with No
Allowance
     Recorded
Investment
with
Allowance
     Total
Recorded
Investment
     Related
Allowance
     Average
Recorded
Investment
 

Commercial:

           

Commercial

   $ 21,758       $ 13,928       $ 3,132       $ 17,060       $ 972       $ 16,022   

Commercial – credit card

     —           —           —           —           —           —     

Real estate:

           

Real estate – construction

     1,540         983         —           983         —           939   

Real estate – commercial

     9,546         4,454         3,897         8,351         935         11,298   

Real estate – residential

     1,083         909         —           909         —           1,006   

Real estate – HELOC

     —           —           —           —           —           —     

Consumer:

           

Consumer – credit card

     —           —           —           —           —           —     

Consumer – other

     1         1         —           1         —           12   

Leases

     —           —           —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 33,928       $ 20,275       $ 7,029       $ 27,304       $ 1,907       $ 29,277   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

This table provides an analysis of impaired loans by class for the year ended December 31, 2013 (in thousands):

 

     As of December 31, 2013  
     Unpaid
Principal
Balance
     Recorded
Investment
with No
Allowance
     Recorded
Investment
with
Allowance
     Total
Recorded
Investment
     Related
Allowance
     Average
Recorded
Investment
 

Commercial:

           

Commercial

   $ 17,227       $ 3,228       $ 11,407       $ 14,635       $ 2,882       $ 14,791   

Commercial – credit card

     —           —           —           —           —           —     

Real estate:

           

Real estate – construction

     1,408         810         123         933         —           1,186   

Real estate – commercial

     14,686         5,305         8,218         13,523         94         10,506   

Real estate – residential

     1,317         1,087         —           1,087         1,276         1,122   

Real estate – HELOC

     —           —           —           —           —           —     

Consumer:

           

Consumer – credit card

     —           —           —           —           —           —     

Consumer – other

     12         11         —           11         —           34   

Leases

     —           —           —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 34,650       $ 10,441       $ 19,748       $ 30,189       $ 4,252       $ 27,639   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

PCI loans are not subject to individual evaluation for impairment and are not reported as impaired loans based on PCI loan accounting.

Troubled Debt Restructurings

A loan modification is considered a troubled debt restructuring (TDR) when a concession had been granted to a debtor experiencing financial difficulties. The Company’s modifications generally include interest rate adjustments, principal reductions, and amortization and maturity date extensions. These modifications allow the

 

84


Table of Contents

debtor short-term cash relief to allow them to improve their financial condition. The Company’s restructured loans are individually evaluated for impairment and evaluated as part of the allowance for loan loss as described above in the Allowance for Loan Losses section of this note.

Purchased loans restructured after acquisition are not considered or reported as troubled debt restructurings if the loans evidenced credit deterioration as of the Acquisition Date and are accounted for in pools. For the year ended December 31, 2015, no purchased loans were modified as troubled debt restructurings after the Acquisition Date.

The Company had $582 thousand and $477 thousand in commitments to lend to borrowers with loan modifications classified as TDR’s as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. The Company monitors loan payments on an on-going basis to determine if a loan is considered to have a payment default. Determination of payment default involves analyzing the economic conditions that exist for each customer and their ability to generate positive cash flows during the loan term. During the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company had one commercial real estate loan classified as a TDR with a payment default totaling $178 thousand. A specific valuation allowance for the full amount of this loan had previously been established within the Company’s allowance for loan losses, and this loan was charged off against the allowance for loan losses during the current period.

This table provides a summary of loans restructured by class during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 (in thousands):

 

    Year Ended December 31, 2015     Year Ended December 31, 2014  
    Number
of
Contracts
    Pre-
Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
    Post-
Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
    Number
of
Contracts
    Pre-
Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
    Post-
Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
 

Troubled Debt Restructurings

           

Commercial:

           

Commercial

    21      $ 32,473      $ 32,473        1      $ 469      $ 469   

Asset-based

    —          —          —          —          —          —     

Factoring

    —          —          —          —          —          —     

Commercial – credit card

    —          —          —          —          —          —     

Real estate:

           

Real estate – construction

    —          —          —          —          —          —     

Real estate – commercial

    1        261        261        1        178        178   

Real estate – residential

    1        121        121        4        277        301   

Real estate – HELOC

    —          —          —          —          —          —     

Consumer:

           

Consumer – credit card

    —          —          —          —          —          —     

Consumer – other

    —          —          —          —          —          —     

Leases

    —          —          —          —          —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    23      $ 32,855      $ 32,855        6      $ 924      $ 948   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

85


Table of Contents

4. SECURITIES

Securities Available for Sale

This table provides detailed information about securities available for sale at December 31, 2015 and 2014 (in thousands):

 

2015

   Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Fair
Value
 

U.S. Treasury

   $ 350,354       $ 1       $ (576    $ 349,779   

U.S. Agencies

     667,414         7         (1,032      666,389   

Mortgage-backed

     3,598,115         12,420         (38,089      3,572,446   

State and political subdivisions

     2,116,543         23,965         (2,095      2,138,413   

Corporates

     80,585         —           (663      79,922   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 6,813,011       $ 36,393       $ (42,455    $ 6,806,949   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

2014

   Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Fair
Value
 

U.S. Treasury

   $ 519,484       $ 501       $ (525    $ 519,460   

U.S. Agencies

     991,084         780         (1,175      990,689   

Mortgage-backed

     3,276,009         28,470         (26,875      3,277,604   

State and political subdivisions

     1,983,549         22,973         (5,165      2,001,357   

Corporates

     124,096         —           (1,270      122,826   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 6,894,222       $ 52,724       $ (35,010    $ 6,911,936   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table presents contractual maturity information for securities available for sale at December 31, 2015 (in thousands):

 

     Amortized
Cost
     Fair Value  

Due in 1 year or less

   $ 998,269       $ 997,988   

Due after 1 year through 5 years

     1,278,055         1,285,822   

Due after 5 years through 10 years

     857,416         869,158   

Due after 10 years

     81,156         81,535   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     3,214,896         3,234,503   

Mortgage-backed securities

     3,598,115         3,572,446   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total securities available for sale

   $ 6,813,011       $ 6,806,949   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Securities may be disposed of before contractual maturities due to sales by the Company or because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

Proceeds from the sales of securities available for sale were $946.0 million, $414.0 million, and $685.0 million for 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively. Securities transactions resulted in gross realized gains of $10.5 million for 2015, $4.1 million for 2014, and $8.7 million for 2013. The gross realized losses were $100 thousand for 2015, $11 thousand for 2014, and $200 thousand for 2013.

Securities available for sale with a market value of $5.9 billion at December 31, 2015, and $5.7 billion at December 31, 2014, were pledged to secure U.S. Government deposits, other public deposits and certain trust deposits as required by law. Of this amount, securities with a market value of $1.6 billion at December 31, 2015 and $1.2 billion at December 31, 2014 were pledged at the Federal Reserve Discount Window but were unencumbered as of those dates.

 

86


Table of Contents

The following table shows the Company’s available for sale investments’ gross unrealized losses and fair value, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position, at December 31, 2015 and 2014 (in thousands).

 

2015

   Less than 12 months     12 months or more     Total  
     Fair Value      Unrealized
Losses
    Fair Value      Unrealized
Losses
    Fair Value      Unrealized
Losses
 

Description of Securities

               

U.S. Treasury

   $ 344,556       $ (576   $ —         $ —        $ 344,556       $ (576

U.S. Agencies

     615,993         (1,032     —           —          615,993         (1,032

Mortgage-backed

     2,056,316         (21,013     426,959         (17,076     2,483,275         (38,089

State and political subdivisions

     479,197         (1,316     60,324         (779     539,521         (2,095

Corporates

     29,126         (183     50,796         (480     79,922         (663
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total temporarily- impaired debt securities available for sale

   $ 3,525,188       $ (24,120   $ 538,079       $ (18,335   $ 4,063,267       $ (42,455
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

2014

   Less than 12 months     12 months or more     Total  
     Fair Value      Unrealized
Losses
    Fair Value      Unrealized
Losses
    Fair Value      Unrealized
Losses
 

Description of Securities

               

U.S. Treasury

   $ 236,591       $ (329   $ 14,863       $ (196   $ 251,454       $ (525

U.S. Agencies

     387,999         (689     81,593         (486     469,592         (1,175

Mortgage-backed

     727,142         (8,370     616,044         (18,504     1,343,186         (26,874

State and political subdivisions

     401,934         (1,406     226,678         (3,760     628,612         (5,166

Corporates

     36,655         (243     86,171         (1,027     122,826         (1,270
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total temporarily-impaired debt securities available for sale

   $ 1,790,321       $ (11,037   $ 1,025,349       $ (23,973   $ 2,815,670       $ (35,010
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The unrealized losses in the Company’s investments in U.S. treasury obligations, U.S. government agencies, GSE mortgage-backed securities, municipal securities, and corporates were caused by changes in the interest rate environment. The Company does not have the intent to sell these securities and does not believe it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell these securities before a recovery of amortized cost. The Company expects to recover its cost basis in the securities and does not consider these investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2015.

Securities Held to Maturity

 

2015

   Amortized
Cost
     Net
Unrealized
Gains
     Fair Value  

State and political subdivisions

   $ 667,106       $ 24,273       $ 691,379   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

2014

                    

State and political subdivisions

   $ 278,054       $ 26,058       $ 304,112   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Fair
Value
 

Due in 1 year or less

   $ 17,893   

Due after 1 year through 5 years

     80,047   

Due after 5 years through 10 years

     384,117   

Due after 10 years

     209,322   
  

 

 

 

Total securities held to maturity

   $ 691,379   
  

 

 

 

 

87


Table of Contents

Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

There were no sales of securities held to maturity during 2015, 2014, or 2013.

Trading Securities

The net unrealized gains on trading securities at December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013 were $8 thousand, $101 thousand, and $151 thousand, respectively. Net unrealized gains/losses were included in trading and investment banking income on the Consolidated Statements of Income.

Other Securities

The table below provides detailed information for Federal Reserve Bank stock and Federal Home Loan Bank stock and other securities at December 31, 2015 and 2014 (in thousands):

 

2015

   Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Fair
Value
 

FRB and FHLB stock

   $ 33,215       $ —         $ —         $ 33,215   

Other securities – marketable

     5         7,159         —           7,164   

Other securities – non-marketable

     23,855         964         —           24,819   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Federal Reserve Bank stock and other

   $ 57,075       $ 8,123       $ —         $ 65,198   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

2014

                           

FRB and FHLB stock

   $ 26,279       $ —         $ —         $ 26,279   

Other securities – marketable

     —           16,668         —           16,668   

Other securities – non-marketable

     21,669         3,937         (79      25,527   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Federal Reserve Bank stock and other

   $ 47,948       $ 20,605       $ (79    $ 68,474   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Investment in FRB stock is based on the capital structure of the investing bank, and investment in FHLB stock is mainly tied to the level of borrowings from the FHLB. These holdings are carried at cost. Other marketable and non-marketable securities include PCM alternative investments in hedge funds and private equity funds, which are accounted for as equity-method investments. The fair value of other marketable securities includes alternative investment securities of $7.2 million at December 31, 2015 and $16.7 million at December 31, 2014. The fair value of other non-marketable securities includes alternative investment securities of $2.0 million at December 31, 2015 and $8.5 million at December 31, 2014. Unrealized gains or losses on alternative investments are recognized in the Equity earnings on alternative investments line of the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Income.

5. SECURITIES PURCHASED UNDER AGREEMENTS TO RESELL

The Company regularly enters into agreements for the purchase of securities with simultaneous agreements to resell (resell agreements). The agreements permit the Company to sell or repledge these securities. Resell agreements were $157.7 million and $95.5 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The Company obtains possession of collateral with a market value equal to or in excess of the principal amount loaned under resell agreements.

6. LOANS TO OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

Certain executive officers and directors of the Company and the Bank, including companies in which those persons are principal holders of equity securities or are general partners, borrow in the normal course of business

 

88


Table of Contents

from the Bank. All such loans have been made on the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the same time for comparable transactions with unrelated parties. In addition, all such loans are current as to repayment terms.

For the years 2015 and 2014, an analysis of activity with respect to such aggregate loans to related parties appears below (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2015      2014  

Balance – beginning of year

   $ 541,507       $ 493,373   

New loans

     462,914         139,442   

Repayments

     (294,336      (91,308
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance – end of year

   $ 710,085       $ 541,507   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

7. GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLES

Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 by operating segment are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Bank      Institutional
Investment
Management
     Asset
Servicing
     Total  

Balances as of January 1, 2015

   $ 142,753       $ 47,529       $ 19,476       $ 209,758   

Acquisition of Marquette

     18,588         —           —           18,588   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balances as of December 31, 2015

   $ 161,341       $ 47,529       $ 19,476       $ 228,346   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balances as of January 1, 2014

   $ 142,753       $ 47,529       $ 19,476       $ 209,758   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balances as of December 31, 2014

   $ 142,753       $ 47,529       $ 19,476       $ 209,758   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Following are the intangible assets that continue to be subject to amortization as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 (in thousands):

 

     As of December 31, 2015  
     Gross Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net Carrying
Amount
 

Core deposit intangible assets

   $ 36,497       $ 33,613       $ 2,884   

Core deposit intangible-Marquette acquisition

     11,030         1,838         9,192   

Customer relationships

     104,560         73,496         31,064   

Customer relationship-Marquette acquisition

     2,900         338         2,562   

Other intangible assets

     3,247         2,841         406   

Other intangible assets-Marquette acquisition

     951         277         674   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total intangible assets

   $ 159,185       $ 112,403       $ 46,782   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     As of December 31, 2014  

Core deposit intangible assets

   $ 36,497       $ 32,721       $ 3,776   

Customer relationships

     104,560         64,980         39,580   

Other intangible assets

     3,247         2,612         635   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total intangible assets

   $ 144,304       $ 100,313       $ 43,991   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

89


Table of Contents

Amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013 was $12.1 million, $12.2 million and $13.2 million, respectively. The following table discloses the estimated amortization expense of intangible assets in future years (in thousands):

 

For the year ending December 31, 2016

   $ 12,291   

For the year ending December 31, 2017

     10,180   

For the year ending December 31, 2018

     7,202   

For the year ending December 31, 2019

     5,822   

For the year ending December 31, 2020

     4,487   

8. PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

Premises and equipment consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2015      2014  

Land

   $ 46,430       $ 43,798   

Buildings and leasehold improvements

     316,988         301,687   

Equipment

     138,127         120,745   

Software

     157,847         132,265   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     659,392         598,495   

Accumulated depreciation

     (268,864      (246,457

Accumulated amortization

     (109,057      (94,203
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Premises and equipment, net

   $ 281,471       $ 257,835   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Rental and operating lease expenses were $14.6 million in 2015, $12.0 million in 2014, and $10.9 million in 2013. Bank premises and equipment depreciation and amortization expenses were $40.7 million in 2015, $34.2 million in 2014, and $31.0 million in 2013.

Minimum future rental commitments as of December 31, 2015, for all non-cancelable operating leases are as follows (in thousands):

 

2016

   $ 11,279   

2017

     10,433   

2018

     9,761   

2019

     8,684   

2020

     7,782   

Thereafter

     26,111   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 74,050   
  

 

 

 

 

90


Table of Contents

9. BORROWED FUNDS

The components of the Company’s short-term and long-term debt are as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2015      2014  

Short-term debt:

     

Federal Home Loan Bank 0.98% due 2016

   $ 5,009       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total short-term debt

     5,009         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-term debt:

     

Trust Preferred Securities:

     

Marquette Capital Trust I subordinated debentures 1.65% due 2036

     16,062         —     

Marquette Capital Trust II subordinated debentures 6.30% due 2036

     16,741         —     

Marquette Capital Trust III subordinated debentures 2.09% due 2036

     6,598         —     

Marquette Capital Trust IV subordinated debentures 2.11% due 2036

     26,757         —     

Federal Home Loan Bank 1.88% due 2018

     7,088         —     

Federal Home Loan Bank 2.74% due 2020

     3,104         —     

Kansas Equity Fund IV, L.P. 0% due 2017

     29         71   

Kansas Equity Fund V, L.P. 0% due 2017

     63         119   

Kansas Equity Fund VI, L.P. 0% due 2017

     110         239   

Kansas Equity Fund IX, L.P. 0% due 2023

     271         341   

Kansas Equity Fund X, L.P. 0% due 2021

     338         419   

Kansas City Equity Fund 2007, L.L.C. 0% due 2016

     —           86   

Kansas City Equity Fund 2008, L.L.C. 0% due 2016

     10         149   

Kansas City Equity Fund 2009, L.L.C. 0% due 2017

     144         371   

St. Louis Equity Fund 2007 L.L.C. 0% due 2016

     13         39   

St. Louis Equity Fund 2008 L.L.C. 0% due 2016

     10         160   

St. Louis Equity Fund 2009 L.L.C. 0% due 2017

     245         395   

St. Louis Equity Fund 2012 L.L.C. 0% due 2020

     322         402   

St. Louis Equity Fund 2013 L.L.C. 0% due 2021

     1,465         1,758   

St. Louis Equity Fund 2014 L.L.C. 0% due 2022

     1,814         1,819   

St. Louis Equity Fund 2015, L.L.C. 0% due 2023

     1,000         —     

MHEG Community Fund 41, L.P. 0% due 2024

     920         957   

MHEG Community Fund 43, L.P. 0% due 2026

     1,482         1,485   

MHEG Community Fund 45, L.P. 0% due 2027

     1,484         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total long-term debt

     86,070         8,810   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total borrowed funds

   $ 91,079       $ 8,810   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Aggregate annual repayments of short-term and long-term debt at December 31, 2015, are as follows (in thousands):

 

2016

   $ 6,702   

2017

     1,601   

2018

     8,599   

2019

     1,412   

2020

     4,381   

Thereafter

     68,384   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 91,079   
  

 

 

 

The Company assumed long-term debt obligations with an aggregate balance of $103.1 million and an aggregate fair value of $65.5 million as of the Acquisition Date payable to four unconsolidated trusts (Marquette

 

91


Table of Contents

Capital Trust I, Marquette Capital Trust II, Marquette Capital Trust III, and Marquette Capital Trust IV) that previously issued trust preferred securities. The interest rate on the trust preferred securities issued by Marquette Capital Trust II was fixed at 6.30 percent until January 2016, and is reset each quarter at a variable rate tied to the three-month LIBOR plus 133 basis points thereafter. Interest rates on trust preferred securities issued by the remaining three trusts are tied to the three-month LIBOR rate with spreads ranging from 133 basis points to 160 basis points and reset quarterly. The trust preferred securities have maturity dates ranging from January 2036 to September 2036.

The Company is a member bank of the FHLB of Des Moines and FHLB of San Francisco. The Company became a member bank of the FHLB of Des Moines in March 2014. Through this relationship, the Company purchased $10.0 million of FHLB stock and has access to additional liquidity and funding sources through FHLB advances. The Company’s borrowing capacity is dependent upon the amount of collateral the Company places at the FHLB. On December 23, 2015, the FHLB issued a 30-day letter of credit of $150.0 million on behalf of the Company to secure public fund deposits, which expired on January 22, 2016. The letter of credit reduced the Company’s borrowing capacity with the FHLB from $559.7 million to $409.7 million as of December 31, 2015. The Company had no outstanding FHLB advances at FHLB of Des Moines as of December 31, 2015.

As part of the Marquette acquisition, the Company acquired stock in the FHLB of San Francisco. This stock had a balance of $405 thousand as of December 31, 2015. FHLB San Francisco advances, which were acquired from Marquette, totaled $15.0 million at December 31, 2015. These advances have maturity dates between September 2016 and September 2020.

The Company has a revolving line of credit with Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. which allows the Company to borrow up to $50.0 million for general working capital purposes. The interest rate applied to borrowed balances will be at the Company’s option either 1.00 percent above LIBOR or 1.75 percent below the prime rate on the date of an advance. The Company will also pay a 0.3 percent unused commitment fee for unused portions of the line of credit. The Company currently has no outstanding balance on this line of credit.

The Company enters into sales of securities with simultaneous agreements to repurchase (repurchase agreements). The Company utilizes repurchase agreements to facilitate the needs of customers and to facilitate secured short-term funding needs. Repurchase agreements are stated at the amount of cash received in connection with the transaction. The Company monitors collateral levels on a continuous basis and may be required to provide additional collateral based on the fair value of the underlying securities. Securities pledged as collateral under repurchase agreements are maintained with the Company’s safekeeping agents. The amounts received under these agreements represent short-term borrowings. The amount outstanding at December 31, 2015, was $1.8 billion (with accrued interest payable of $39 thousand). The amount outstanding at December 31, 2014, was $2.0 billion (with accrued interest payable of $10 thousand).

The carrying amounts and market values of the securities and the related repurchase liabilities and weighted average interest rates of the repurchase liabilities (grouped by maturity of the repurchase agreements) were as follows as of December 31, 2015 (in thousands):

 

     Securities Market
Value
     Repurchase
Liabilities
     Weighted Average
Interest Rate
 

Maturity of the Repurchase Liabilities

        

On Demand

   $ 3,586       $ 3,579         0.04

2 to 30 days

     1,769,270         1,747,028         0.30   

Over 90 Days

     604         600         0.00   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,773,460       $ 1,751,207         0.30
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

92


Table of Contents

The table below presents the remaining contractual maturities of repurchase agreements outstanding at December 31, 2015, in addition to the various types of marketable securities that have been pledged as collateral for these borrowings (in thousands).

 

    

As of December 31, 2015

Remaining Contractual Maturities of the Agreements

 
     On Demand      2-29 days      Over 90 Days      Total  

Repurchase agreements, secured by:

           

U.S. Treasury

   $ —         $ 171,533       $ —         $ 171,533   

U.S. Agency

     3,579         1,575,495         600         1,579,674   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total repurchase agreements

   $ 3,579       $ 1,747,028       $ 600       $ 1,751,207   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

10. REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

Payment of dividends by the Bank to the parent company is subject to various regulatory restrictions. For national banks, the governing regulatory agency must approve the declaration of any dividends generally in excess of the sum of net income for that year and retained net income for the preceding two years.

The Bank maintains a reserve balance with the Federal Reserve Bank as required by law. During 2015, this amount averaged $489.3 million, compared to $729.1 million in 2014.

Through December 31, 2014, the Company and the Bank were subject to capital-adequacy standards that had originally been promulgated in 1989 and that were commonly known as Basel I. Under Basel I, total qualifying capital is divided into two tiers: more loss-absorbent tier 1 capital and less loss-absorbent tier 2 capital. The maximum amount of tier 2 capital that was able to be included in a banking organization’s qualifying total capital was limited to 100% of its tier 1 capital. Under Basel I, for all periods ending December 31, 2014 and prior, the Company and the Bank had been required to maintain, a minimum total risk-based capital ratio of total qualifying capital to RWAs of 8.0%, a minimum tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of tier 1 capital to RWAs of 4.0%, and a minimum tier 1 leverage ratio of tier 1 capital to average on-balance-sheet exposures of 4.0%.

In July 2013, the FRB approved a final rule to implement in the United States the Basel III regulatory capital reforms from the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and certain changes required by the Dodd-Frank Act. The final rule increases minimum requirements for both the quantity and quality of capital held by banking organizations. The rule includes a new minimum ratio of common equity tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of 4.5% and a common equity tier 1 capital conservation buffer of 2.5% of risk-weighted assets. The final rule also adjusted the methodology for calculating risk-weighted assets to enhance risk sensitivity. Beginning January 1, 2015, the Company was required to be compliant with revised minimum regulatory capital ratios and began the transitional period for definitions of regulatory capital and regulatory capital adjustments and deductions established under the final rule. Compliance with the risk-weighted asset calculations was required on January 1, 2015 and the Company is in compliance with the increased capital standards.

At December 31, 2015, the Company is required to have minimum common equity tier 1, tier 1, and total capital ratios of 4.5%, 6.0% and 8.0%, respectively. The Company’s actual ratios at that date were 11.74%, 11.86% and 12.80%, respectively. The Company is required to have a minimum leverage ratio of 4.0%, and the leverage ratio at December 31, 2015, was 9.08%.

As of December 31, 2015, the most recent notification from the OCC categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well-capitalized the Bank must maintain total risk-based, tier 1 risk-based, common equity tier 1, and tier 1 leverage ratios of 10.0%, 8.0%, 6.5%, and 5.0%, respectively. There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the Bank’s category.

 

93


Table of Contents

In addition, under amendments to the BHCA introduced by the Dodd-Frank Act and commonly known as the Volcker Rule, the Company and its subsidiaries are subject to extensive limits on proprietary trading and on owning or sponsoring hedge funds and private-equity funds. The limits on proprietary trading are largely focused on purchases or sales of financial instruments by a banking entity as principal primarily for the purpose of short-term resale, benefitting from actual or expected short-term price movements, or realizing short-term arbitrage profits. The limits on owning or sponsoring hedge funds and private-equity funds are designed to ensure that banking entities generally maintain only small positions in managed or advised funds and are not exposed to significant losses arising directly or indirectly from them. The Volcker Rule also provides for increased capital charges, quantitative limits, rigorous compliance programs, and other restrictions on permitted proprietary trading and fund activities, including a prohibition on transactions with a covered fund that would constitute a covered transaction under Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act. The fund activities of the Company and its subsidiaries are in conformance with the Volcker Rule, which became effective July 21, 2015.

Actual capital amounts as well as required and well-capitalized tier 1, total and tier 1 Leverage ratios as of December 31, for the Company and its banks are as follows (in thousands):

 

     2015  
     Actual     For Capital Adequacy
Purposes
    To Be Well Capitalized
Under Prompt
Corrective Action
Provisions
 
     Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio  

Common Equity Tier 1 Capital:

               

UMB Financial Corporation

   $ 1,664,815         11.74   $ 638,108         4.50   $ N/A         N/A

UMB Bank, n. a.

     1,491,833         10.63        631,765         4.50        912,549         6.50   

Tier 1 Capital:

               

UMB Financial Corporation

     1,681,222         11.86        850,810         6.00        N/A         N/A   

UMB Bank, n. a.

     1,491,833         10.63        842,353         6.00        1,123,138         8.00   

Total Capital:

               

UMB Financial Corporation

     1,814,705         12.80        1,134,413         8.00        N/A         N/A   

UMB Bank, n. a.

     1,575,697         11.22        1,123,138         8.00        1,403,922         10.00   

Tier 1 Leverage:

               

UMB Financial Corporation

     1,681,222         9.08        740,918         4.00        N/A         N/A   

UMB Bank, n. a.

     1,491,833         8.13        734,229         4.00        917,786         5.00   
     2014  

Tier 1 Capital:

               

UMB Financial Corporation

   $ 1,393,389         13.29   $ 419,383         4.00   $ N/A         N/A

UMB Bank, n. a.

     1,209,096         11.68        414,135         4.00        621,202         6.00   

Total Capital:

               

UMB Financial Corporation

     1,471,631         14.04        838,766         8.00        N/A         N/A   

UMB Bank, n. a.

     1,287,338         12.43        828,270         8.00        1,035,337         10.00   

Tier 1 Leverage:

               

UMB Financial Corporation

     1,393,389         8.72        639,476         4.00        N/A         N/A   

UMB Bank, n. a.

     1,209,096         7.63        634,187         4.00        792,733         5.00   

11. EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

The Company has a discretionary noncontributory profit sharing plan, which features an employee stock ownership plan. This plan is for the benefit of substantially all eligible officers and employees of the Company and its subsidiaries. The Company has accrued and anticipates making a discretionary payment of $1.5 million in March 2016, for 2015. A $2.0 million contribution was paid in 2015, for 2014. A $2.9 million contribution was paid in 2014, for 2013.

 

94


Table of Contents

The Company has a qualified 401(k) profit sharing plan that permits participants to make contributions by salary deduction. The Company made a matching contribution to this plan of $5.7 million in 2015, for 2014 and $5.2 million in 2014, for 2013. The Company anticipates making a matching contribution of $6.9 million in March 2016, for 2015.

The Company recognized $2.2 million, $2.0 million, and $2.0 million in expense related to outstanding stock options and $8.1 million, $7.2 million, and $5.9 million in expense related to outstanding restricted stock grants for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively. The Company had $5.2 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to the outstanding options and $16.9 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to outstanding restricted stock grants at December 31, 2015.

2002 Incentive Stock Option Plan

On April 18, 2002, the shareholders of the Company approved the 2002 Incentive Stock Options Plan (the 2002 Plan), which provides incentive options to certain key employees to receive up to 2 million common shares of the Company. All options that are issued under the 2002 Plan terminate after 10 years (except for any option granted to a person holding more than 10 percent of the Company’s stock, in which case the option terminates after five years). All options issued prior to 2005, under the 2002 Plan, could not be exercised until at least four years and 11 months after the date they are granted. Options issued in 2006, 2007, and 2008 under the 2002 Plan, have a vesting schedule of 50 percent after three years; 75 percent after four years and 100 percent after four years and 11 months. Except under circumstances of death, disability or certain retirements, the options cannot be exercised after the grantee has left the employment of the Company or its subsidiaries. The exercise period for an option may be accelerated upon the optionee’s qualified disability, retirement or death. All options expire at the end of the exercise period. Prior to 2006, the Company made no recognition in the balance sheet of the options until such options were exercised and no amounts applicable thereto were reflected in net income as all options were granted at strike prices at the then current fair value of the underlying shares. For options granted after January 1, 2006, compensation expense is recognized on unvested options outstanding. Options are granted at exercise prices of no less than 100 percent of the fair market value of the underlying shares based on the fair value of the option at date of grant. On January 25, 2011, the Board amended and froze the 2002 Plan such that no shares of Company stock shall thereafter be available for grants under the 2002 Plan. Existing awards granted under the 2002 Plan will continue in accordance with their terms under the 2002 Plan. The plan expired without modification on April 17, 2012.

The table below discloses the information relating to option activity in 2015, under the 2002 Plan:

 

     Number of
Shares
    Weighted
Average Price
Per Share
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
     Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
 

Stock Options Under the 2002 Plan

          

Outstanding – December 31, 2014

     258,475      $ 37.47         

Granted

     —          —           

Expired

     (10,190     34.16         

Exercised

     (67,849     34.94         
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding – December 31, 2015

     180,436        38.61         1.9       $ 1,433,385   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exercisable – December 31, 2015

     180,436        38.61         
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exercisable and expected to be exercisable – December 31, 2015

     180,436      $ 38.61         1.9       $ 1,433,385   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

No options were granted under the 2002 Plan during 2015, 2014, or 2013. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the year ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013 was $1.1 million, $2.0 million, and $3.4 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2015, there was no unrecognized compensation cost related to the nonvested options.

 

95


Table of Contents

Long-Term Incentive Compensation Plan

At the April 26, 2005, shareholders’ meeting, the shareholders of the Company approved the UMB Financial Corporation Long-Term Incentive Compensation Plan (LTIP) which became effective as of January 1, 2005. The LTIP permits the issuance to selected officers of the Company service-based restricted stock grants, performance-based restricted stock grants and non-qualified stock options. Service-based restricted stock grants contain a service requirement. The performance-based restricted grants contain performance and service requirements. The non-qualified stock option grants contain a service requirement.

At the April 23, 2013 shareholders’ meeting, the shareholders of the Company approved amendments to the LTIP Plan, including increasing the number of shares of the Company’s stock reserved for issuance under the Plan from 5.25 million shares to 7.44 million shares. Additionally, the shareholders approved increasing the maximum benefits any one eligible employee may receive under the plan during any one fiscal year from $1 million to $2 million taking into account the value of all stock options and restricted stock received.

The service-based restricted stock grants contain a service requirement with varying vesting schedules. The majority of these grants utilize a vesting schedule in which 50 percent of the shares vest after three years of service, 75 percent after four years of service and 100 percent after five years of service. Certain other grants utilize vesting schedules in which the grants vest ratably over the requisite service period or contain a three-year cliff vesting.

The performance-based restricted stock grants contain a service and a performance requirement. The performance requirement is based on a predetermined performance requirement over a three year period. The service requirement portion is a three year cliff vesting. If the performance requirement is not met, the executives do not receive the shares.

The dividends on service and performance-based restricted stock grants are treated as two separate transactions. First, cash dividends are paid on the restricted stock. Those cash dividends are then paid to purchase additional shares of restricted stock. Dividends earned as additional shares of restricted stock have the same terms as the associated grant. The dividends paid on the stock are recorded as a reduction to retained earnings (similar to all dividend transactions).

The table below discloses the status of the service-based restricted shares during 2015:

 

     Number
of Shares
     Weighted Average
Grant Date Fair
Value
 

Service-Based Restricted Stock

     

Nonvested – December 31, 2014

     456,631       $ 48.57   

Granted

     269,267         51.33   

Canceled

     (53,645      50.76   

Vested

     (137,634      43.83   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Nonvested – December 31, 2015

     534,619       $ 50.95   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2015, there was $15.1 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to the nonvested shares. The cost is expected to be recognized over a period of 3.0 years. Total fair value of shares vested during the year ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013 was $7.2 million, $5.6 million, and $4.3 million, respectively.

 

96


Table of Contents

The table below discloses the status of the performance-based restricted shares during 2015:

 

     Number
of Shares
     Weighted Average
Grant Date Fair
Value
 

Performance-Based Restricted Stock

     

Nonvested – December 31, 2014

     101,269       $ 47.26   

Granted

     45,216         51.42   

Canceled

     (8,260      50.75   

Vested

     (36,291      40.27   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Nonvested – December 31, 2015

     101,934       $ 51.27   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2014, there was $1.8 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to the nonvested shares. The cost is expected to be recognized over a period of 1.7 years. Total fair value of shares vested during the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, was $1.9 million, $2.3 million and $1.6 million, respectively.

The non-qualified stock options carry a service requirement and will vest 50 percent after three years, 75 percent after four years and 100 percent after five years.

The table below discloses the information relating to non-qualified option activity in 2015 under the LTIP:

 

     Number of
Shares
    Weighted
Average
Price Per
Share
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
     Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
 

Stock Options Under the LTIP

          

Outstanding – December 31, 2014

     1,384,035      $ 44.03         

Granted

     252,828        51.42         

Canceled

     (81,679     49.22         

Expired

     (7,346     49.63         

Exercised

     (208,091     39.30         
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

Outstanding – December 31, 2015

     1,339,747        45.73         6.1       $ 1,100,209   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exercisable – December 31, 2015

     540,163        39.69         
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

Exercisable and expected to be exercisable – December 31, 2015

     1,301,989      $ 45.61         6.1       $ 1,228,915   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company uses the Black-Scholes pricing model to determine the fair value of its options. The assumptions for stock-based awards in the past three years utilized in the model are shown in the table below.

 

     2015     2014     2013  

Black-Scholes pricing model:

      

Weighted average fair value of the granted option

   $ 11.95      $ 13.03      $ 10.18   

Weighted average risk-free interest rate

     1.62     1.77     1.49

Expected option life in years

     6.25        6.25        6.25   

Expected volatility

     26.73     24.87     26.36

Expected dividend yield

     1.74     1.53     1.83

The expected option life is derived from historical exercise patterns and represents the amount of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. The expected volatility is based on historical volatilities of the Company’s stock. The risk-free interest rate for periods within the contractual life of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant.

 

97


Table of Contents

The weighted average grant-date fair value of options granted during the years 2015, 2014, and 2013 was $11.95, $13.03, and $10.18, respectively. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, was $2.6 million, $3.7 million and $2.4 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2015, there was $5.2 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to the nonvested options. The cost is expected to be recognized over a period of 3.1 years.

Cash received from options exercised under all share based compensation plans was $10.5 million, $8.0 million, and $9.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively. The tax benefit realized for stock options exercised was $0.9 million in 2015, $1.9 million in 2014, $1.2 million in 2013.

The Company has no specific policy to repurchase common shares to mitigate the dilutive impact of options; however, the Company has historically made adequate discretionary purchases to satisfy stock option exercise activity. See a description of the Company’s share repurchase plan in Note 13, “Common Stock and Earnings Per Share,” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements provided in Item 8, page 100 of this report.

12. BUSINESS SEGMENT REPORTING

The Company has strategically aligned its operations into the following four reportable segments (collectively, “Business Segments”): Bank, Payment Solutions, Institutional Investment Management, and Asset Servicing. Business segment financial results produced by the Company’s internal management reporting system are evaluated regularly by senior executive officers in deciding how to allocate resources and assess performance for individual Business Segments. The management reporting system assigns balance sheet and income statement items to each business segment using methodologies that are refined on an ongoing basis. For comparability purposes, amounts in all periods presented are based on methodologies in effect at December 31, 2015. Previously reported results have been reclassified to conform to the current organizational structure.

The following summaries provide information about the activities of each segment:

The Bank provides a full range of banking services to commercial, retail, government and correspondent bank customers through the Company’s branches, call center, internet banking, and ATM network. Services include traditional commercial and consumer banking, treasury management, leasing, foreign exchange, merchant bankcard, wealth management, brokerage, insurance, capital markets, investment banking, corporate trust, and correspondent banking.

Payment Solutions provides consumer and commercial credit and debit card, prepaid debit card solutions, healthcare services, and institutional cash management. Healthcare services include health savings account and flexible savings account products for healthcare providers, third-party administrators and large employers.

Institutional Investment Management provides equity and fixed income investment strategies in the intermediary and institutional markets via mutual funds, traditional separate accounts and sub-advisory relationships.

Asset Servicing provides services to the asset management industry, supporting a range of investment products, including mutual funds, alternative investments and managed accounts. Services include fund administration, fund accounting, investor services, transfer agency, distribution, marketing, custody, alternative investment services, managed account services, and collective and multiple-series trust services.

 

98


Table of Contents

BUSINESS SEGMENT INFORMATION

Line of business/segment financial results were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2015  
     Bank      Payment
Solutions
     Institutional
Investment
Management
     Asset
Servicing
     Total  

Net interest income

   $ 348,701       $ 58,288       $ 2       $ 5,076       $ 412,067   

Provision for loan losses

     8,541         6,959         —           —           15,500   

Noninterest income

     188,444         91,326         95,097         91,587         466,454   

Noninterest expense

     446,656         106,016         71,413         79,651         703,736   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before taxes

     81,948         36,639         23,686         17,012         159,285   

Income tax expense

     22,127         10,043         6,490         4,552         43,212   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 59,821       $ 26,596       $ 17,196       $ 12,460       $ 116,073   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Average assets

   $ 13,706,000       $ 3,044,000       $ 68,000       $ 968,000       $ 17,786,000   

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2014  
     Bank      Payment
Solutions
     Institutional
Investment
Management
    Asset
Servicing
     Total  

Net interest income

   $ 292,356       $ 52,251       $ (3   $ 5,451       $ 350,055   

Provision for loan losses

     9,175         7,825         —          —           17,000   

Noninterest income

     194,223         84,478         131,225        88,762         498,688   

Noninterest expense

     404,203         93,915         92,048        75,514         665,680   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before taxes

     73,201         34,989         39,174        18,699         166,063   

Income tax expense

     24,095         7,791         10,093        3,429         45,408   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 49,106       $ 27,198       $ 29,081      $ 15,270       $ 120,655   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Average assets

   $ 12,099,000       $ 2,456,000       $ 72,000      $ 1,372,000       $ 15,999,000   

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2013  
     Bank      Payment
Solutions
     Institutional
Investment
Management
    Asset
Servicing
     Total  

Net interest income

   $ 285,111       $ 45,832       $ (32   $ 2,358       $ 333,269   

Provision for loan losses

     5,535         11,965         —          —           17,500   

Noninterest income

     210,535         74,223         126,442        80,633         491,833   

Noninterest expense

     375,328         86,748         88,337        72,791         623,204   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before taxes

     114,783         21,342         38,073        10,200         184,398   

Income tax expense

     27,533         7,525         10,723        4,652         50,433   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 87,250       $ 13,817       $ 27,350      $ 5,548       $ 133,965   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Average assets

   $ 11,255,000       $ 1,736,000       $ 77,000      $ 1,963,000       $ 15,031,000   

 

99


Table of Contents

13. COMMON STOCK AND EARNINGS PER SHARE

The following table summarizes the share transactions for the three years ended December 31, 2015:

 

     Shares Issued      Shares in Treasury  

Balance December 31, 2012

     55,056,730         (14,715,852

Common stock issuance

  

     4,485,000   

Purchase of Treasury Stock

     —           (99,402

Sale of Treasury Stock

     —           14,661   

Issued for stock options & restricted stock

     —           480,100   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance December 31, 2013

     55,056,730         (9,835,493

Purchase of Treasury Stock

     —           (130,197

Sale of Treasury Stock

     —           15,320   

Issued for stock options & restricted stock

     —           425,828   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance December 31, 2014

     55,056,730         (9,524,542

Common stock issuance for acquisition

     —           3,470,478   

Purchase of Treasury Stock

     —           (225,894

Sale of Treasury Stock

     —           19,695   

Issued for stock options & restricted stock

     —           599,899   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance December 31, 2015

     55,056,730         (5,660,364
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As noted in the table above, in 2013, the Company completed the issuance of 4.5 million shares of common stock with net proceeds of $231.4 million to be used for strategic growth purposes. In 2015, the Company issued 3.5 million shares to the owners of Marquette for the purchase of all of the outstanding shares of Marquette. The owners of Marquette as of the close of business on the Acquistion Date received 9.2295 shares of the Company’s common stock for each share of Marquette common stock owned at that date. The market value of the shares of the Company’s common stock issued at the effective time of the merger was approximately $179.7 million, based on the closing price of the Company’s stock of $51.79 per share on May 29, 2015.

The Board approved a plan to repurchase up to 2 million shares of common stock annually at its 2012, 2013, 2014 and 2015 meetings. All open market share purchases under the share repurchase plans are intended to be within the scope of Rule 10b-18 promulgated under the Exchange Act. Rule 10b-18 provides a safe harbor for purchases in a given day if the Company satisfies the manner, timing and volume conditions of the rule when purchasing its own common shares. The Company has not made any repurchases other than through these plans.

Basic earnings per share are computed by dividing income available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the year. Diluted earnings per share gives effect to all potential common shares that were outstanding during the year.

The shares used in the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share, are shown below:

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  
     2015      2014      2013  

Weighted average basic common shares outstanding

     47,126,252         44,844,578         41,275,839   

Dilutive effect of stock options and restricted stock

     453,082         600,705         562,741   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average diluted common shares outstanding

     47,579,334         45,445,283         41,838,580   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

14. COMMITMENTS, CONTINGENCIES AND GUARANTEES

In the normal course of business, the Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in order to meet the financing needs of its customers and to reduce its own exposure to fluctuations in interest

 

100


Table of Contents

rates. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, commercial letters of credit, standby letters of credit, and futures contracts. These instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The contract or notional amount of those instruments reflects the extent of involvement the Company has in particular classes of financial instruments.

The Company’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instruments for commitments to extend credit, commercial letters of credit, and standby letters of credit is represented by the contract or notional amount of those instruments. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments.

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the agreement. These conditions generally include, but are not limited to, each customer being current as to repayment terms of existing loans and no deterioration in the customer’s financial condition. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. The interest rate is generally a variable rate. If the commitment has a fixed interest rate, the rate is generally not set until such time as credit is extended. For credit card customers, the Company has the right to change or terminate terms or conditions of the credit card account at any time. Since a large portion of the commitments and unused credit card lines are never actually drawn upon, the total commitment amount does not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Company evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on an individual basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Company upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation. Collateral pledged by customers varies but may include accounts receivable, inventory, real estate, plant and equipment, stock, securities and certificates of deposit.

Commercial letters of credit are issued specifically to facilitate trade or commerce. Under the terms of a commercial letter of credit, as a general rule, drafts will be drawn when the underlying transaction is consummated as intended.

Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company payable upon the non-performance of a customer’s obligation to a third party. The Company issues standby letters of credit for terms ranging from three months to five years. The Company generally requires the customer to pledge collateral to support the letter of credit. The maximum liability to the Company under standby letters of credit at December 31, 2015 and 2014, was $360.5 million and $375.0 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, standby letters of credit totaling $63.1 million and $54.6 million, respectively, were with related parties to the Company.

The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities. The Company holds collateral supporting those commitments when deemed necessary. Collateral varies but may include such items as those described for commitments to extend credit.

Futures contracts are contracts for delayed delivery of securities or money market instruments in which the seller agrees to make delivery at a specified future date, of a specified instrument, at a specified yield. Risks arise from the possible inability of counterparties to meet the terms of their contracts and from movement in securities values and interest rates. Instruments used in trading activities are carried at market value and gains and losses on futures contracts are settled in cash daily. Any changes in the market value are recognized in trading and investment banking income.

The Company uses contracts to offset interest rate risk on specific securities held in the trading portfolio. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, there were no notional amounts outstanding for these contracts. Open futures contract positions average notional amount was $2.0 million and $0.9 million during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Net futures activity resulted in gains of $35 thousand and losses of

 

101


Table of Contents

$319 thousand and $131 thousand for 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively. The Company controls the credit risk of its futures contracts through credit approvals, limits and monitoring procedures.

The Company also enters into foreign exchange contracts on a limited basis. For operating purposes, the Company maintains certain balances in foreign banks. Foreign exchange contracts are purchased on a monthly basis to avoid foreign exchange risk on these foreign balances. The Company will also enter into foreign exchange contracts to facilitate foreign exchange needs of customers. The Company will enter into a contract to buy or sell a foreign currency at a future date only as part of a contract to sell or buy the foreign currency at the same future date to a customer. During 2015, contracts to purchase and to sell foreign currency averaged approximately $89.6 million compared to $51.8 million during 2014. The net gains on these foreign exchange contracts for 2015, 2014 and 2013 were $1.8 million, $1.7 million and $2.2 million, respectively.

With respect to group concentrations of credit risk, most of the Company’s business activity is with customers in the states of Missouri, Kansas, Colorado, Oklahoma, Nebraska, Arizona, Illinois, and Texas. At December 31, 2015, the Company did not have any significant credit concentrations in any particular industry.

The following table summarizes the Company’s off-balance sheet financial instruments as described above.

 

     Contract or Notional Amount
December 31,
 
(in thousands)    2015      2014  

Commitments to extend credit for loans (excluding credit card loans)

   $ 6,671,794       $ 3,509,841   

Commitments to extend credit under credit card loans

     2,986,581         2,690,752   

Commercial letters of credit

     11,541         1,334   

Standby letters of credit

     360,468         375,003   

Forward contracts

     75,611         144,950   

Spot foreign exchange contracts

     10,391         14,721   

15. ACQUISITIONS

On May 31, 2015, the Company acquired all of the outstanding common shares of Marquette. Marquette was a privately-held financial services company with a portfolio of businesses and operated thirteen branches in Arizona and Texas, two national commercial specialty-lending businesses focused on asset-based lending and accounts receivable factoring, as well as an asset-management firm. As a result of the acquisition, the Company expects to increase its presence in Arizona and Texas and supplement the Company’s commercial-banking services with factoring and asset-based lending businesses. As of the close of trading on the Acquisition Date, the beneficial owners of Marquette received 9.2295 shares of the Company’s common stock for each share of Marquette common stock owned at that date (approximately 3.47 million shares total). The market value of the Company’s common stock issued at the effective time of the merger was approximately $179.7 million, based on the closing stock price of the Company’s common stock of $51.79 per share on May 29, 2015. The transaction was accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 805, Business Combinations. Accordingly, the purchase price was allocated based on the estimated fair market values of the assets and liabilities acquired.

 

102


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the net assets acquired (at fair value) and consideration transferred for Marquette (in thousands, except for per share data):

 

     Fair Value
May 31, 2015
 
Assets   

Loans

   $ 980,404   

Investment securities

     177,694   

Cash and due from banks

     95,351   

Premises and equipment, net

     11,508   

Identifiable intangible assets

     14,881   

Other assets

     32,336   
  

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

     1,312,174   

Liabilities

  

Noninterest-bearing deposits

     226,161   

Interest-bearing deposits

     708,675   

Short-term debt

     112,133   

Long-term debt

     89,971   

Other liabilities

     14,085   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities assumed

     1,151,025   

Net identifiable assets acquired

     161,149   

Preliminary goodwill

     18,588   
  

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

   $ 179,737   
  

 

 

 

Consideration:

  

Company’s common shares issued

     3,470   

Purchase price per share of the Company’s common stock

   $ 51.79   
  

 

 

 

Fair value of total consideration transferred

   $ 179,737   
  

 

 

 

In the acquisition, the Company purchased $980.4 million of loans at fair value. All non-performing loans and select other classified loan relationships considered by management to be credit impaired are accounted for pursuant to ASC Topic 310-30, as previously discussed within Note 3, “Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses.”

The Company assumed long-term debt obligations with an aggregate balance of $103.1 million and an aggregate fair value of $65.5 million as of the Acquisition Date payable to four unconsolidated trusts (Marquette Capital Trust I, Marquette Capital Trust II, Marquette Capital Trust III, and Marquette Capital Trust IV) that previously issued trust preferred securities. The interest rate on the trust preferred securities issued by Marquette Capital Trust II was fixed at 6.30 percent until January 2016, and is reset each quarter at a variable rate tied to the three-month LIBOR plus 133 basis points thereafter. Interest rates on trust preferred securities issued by the remaining three trusts are tied to the three-month LIBOR rate with spreads ranging from 133 basis points to 160 basis points and reset quarterly. The trust preferred securities have maturity dates ranging from January 2036 to September 2036.

The amount of goodwill arising from the acquisition reflects the Company’s increased market share and related synergies that are expected to result from combining the operations of UMB and Marquette. All of the goodwill was assigned to the Bank segment. In accordance with ASC 350, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other, goodwill will not be amortized but will be subject to at least an annual impairment test. As the Company acquired tax deductible goodwill in excess of the amount reported in the Consolidated Financial Statements, the goodwill is expected to be deductible for tax purposes. The fair value of the acquired identifiable intangible assets of $14.9 million is comprised of a core deposit intangible of $11.0 million, customer lists of $2.9 million and non-compete agreements of $1.0 million.

 

103


Table of Contents

The fair value of the acquired assets and liabilities noted in the table above is provisional pending receipt of the final valuation for those assets and liabilities. During the provisional period, which may last up to twelve months subsequent to the Acquisition Date, the Company will obtain additional information to refine the valuation of the acquired assets and liabilities. The Company expects that some adjustments to the fair value of the acquired assets and liabilities will be recorded after December 31, 2015, although such adjustments are not expected to be significant.

The results of Marquette are included in the results of the Company subsequent to the Acquisition Date. For the year ended December 31, 2015, acquisition expenses recognized in Noninterest expense in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Income totaled $9.8 million. This total included $2.4 million of severance in Salaries and employee benefits and $4.8 million in Legal and consulting fees.

The following pro forma information combines the historical results of Marquette and the Company. The pro forma financial information does not include the potential impacts of possible business model changes, current market conditions, revenue enhancements, expense efficiencies, or other factors. The pro forma information below reflects adjustments made to exclude the impact of acquisition-related expenses of $9.8 million, net accretion of premiums and discounts of $2.7 million, and amortization of acquired identifiable intangibles of $2.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2015. The pro forma information is theoretical in nature and not necessarily indicative of future consolidated results of operations of the Company or the consolidated results of operations which would have resulted had the Company acquired Marquette during the periods presented.

If the Marquette acquisition had been completed on January 1, 2014, total revenue would have been approximately $888.8 million and $916.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. Net income would have been approximately $123.3 million and $125.5 million, respectively, for the same periods. Basic earnings per share would have been $2.54 and $2.60 for the years ended December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively.

The Company has determined that it is impractical to report the amounts of revenue and earnings of legacy Marquette since the Acquisition Date due to the integration of operations shortly after the Acquisition Date. Accordingly, reliable and separate complete revenue and earnings information is no longer available. In addition, such amounts would require significant estimates related to the proper allocation of merger cost savings that cannot be accurately made.

16. INCOME TAXES

Income taxes as set forth below produce effective income tax rates of 27.1 percent in 2015, 27.3 percent in 2014, and 27.4 percent in 2013. These percentages are computed by dividing Income tax expense by Income before income taxes from the Consolidated Statements of Income. Amortization of investments in LIHTC partnerships were previously recorded as part of Other noninterest expense. Due to new accounting guidance, this amortization is now recorded in Income tax expense and was applied retrospectively to the 2013 and 2014 Consolidated Statements of Income.

 

104


Table of Contents

Income tax expense includes the following components (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2015      2014      2013  

Current tax

        

Federal

   $ 44,469       $ 54,560       $ 51,806   

State

     3,591         2,304         3,750   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current tax expense

     48,060         56,864         55,556   

Deferred tax

  

Federal

     (3,697      (11,448      (4,278

State

     (1,151      (8      (845
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax (benefit) expense

     (4,848      (11,456      (5,123
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total tax expense

   $ 43,212       $ 45,408       $ 50,433   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The reconciliation between the income tax expense and the amount computed by applying the statutory federal tax rate of 35% to income before income taxes is as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2015      2014      2013  

Statutory federal income tax expense

   $ 55,750       $ 58,122       $ 64,539   

Tax-exempt interest income

     (15,405      (13,861      (14,146

State and local income taxes, net of federal tax benefits

     1,599         1,403         1,887   

Federal tax credits

     (688      (623      (1,704

Other

     1,956         367         (143
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total tax expense

   $ 43,212       $ 45,408       $ 50,433   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

In preparing its tax returns, the Company is required to interpret tax laws and regulations to determine its taxable income. Periodically, the Company is subject to examinations by various taxing authorities that may give rise to differing interpretations of these laws. Upon examination, agreement of tax liabilities between the Company and the multiple tax jurisdictions in which the Company files tax returns may ultimately be different. In April 2015, the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) completed their audit of the Company’s 2012 federal tax return with no changes. The Company is currently not under federal audit by the IRS or in the examination process with any state taxing authorities.

Deferred income taxes result from differences between the carrying value of assets and liabilities measured for financial reporting and the tax basis of assets and liabilities for income tax return purposes.

 

105


Table of Contents

The significant components of deferred tax assets and liabilities are reflected in the following table (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2015      2014  

Deferred tax assets:

     

Net unrealized loss on securities available for sale

   $ 2,198       $ —     

Loans, principally due to allowance for loan losses

     35,400         28,924   

Stock-based compensation

     7,363         7,109   

Accrued expenses

     33,012         24,747   

Intangibles

     2,432         7,254   

Miscellaneous

     4,196         3,551   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets before valuation allowance

     84,601         71,585   

Valuation allowance

     (2,850      (3,417
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     81,751         68,168   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

     

Net unrealized gain on securities available for sale

     —           (6,879

Land, buildings and equipment

     (25,143      (24,002

Original issue discount

     (4,328      (4,311

Partnership investments

     (3,933      (7,838

Intangibles

     (14,209      —     

Miscellaneous

     (6,651      (6,183
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     (54,264      (49,213
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset

   $ 27,487       $ 18,955   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company had various state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $0.7 million as of December 31, 2015. These net operating losses expire at various times between 2016 and 2035. The Company has a full valuation allowance for these state net operating losses as they are not expected to be realized. In addition, the Company has a valuation allowance of $1.9 million to reduce certain other state deferred tax assets to the amount of tax benefit management believes it will more likely than not realize.

The net deferred tax asset at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 is included in the Other assets line of the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Liabilities Associated With Unrecognized Tax Benefits

The Company and its subsidiaries file income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and various states. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state and local income tax examinations by tax authorities for tax years prior to 2012 in the jurisdictions in which it files.

The gross amount of unrecognized tax benefits totaled $4.7 million and $4.0 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits, net of associated deferred tax benefit, that would impact the effective tax rate, if recognized, would be $3.0 million and $2.6 million at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. The unrecognized tax benefit relates to state tax positions that have a corresponding federal tax benefit. While it is expected that the amount of unrecognized tax benefits will change in the next twelve months, the Company does not expect this change to have a material impact on the results of operations or the financial position of the Company.

 

106


Table of Contents

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2015      2014  

Unrecognized tax benefits – opening balance

   $ 4,025       $ 4,997   

Gross decreases – tax positions in prior period

     (31      (444

Gross increases – current-period tax positions

     1,193         964   

Lapse of statute of limitations

     (507      (1,492
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unrecognized tax benefits – ending balance

   $ 4,680       $ 4,025   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

17. DERIVATIVES AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES

Risk Management Objective of Using Derivatives

The Company is exposed to certain risks arising from both its business operations and economic conditions. The Company principally manages its exposures to a wide variety of business and operational risks through management of its core business activities. The Company manages economic risks, including interest rate, liquidity, and credit risk, primarily by managing the amount, sources, and duration of its assets and liabilities. Specifically, the Company enters into derivative financial instruments to manage exposures that arise from business activities that result in the receipt or payment of future known and uncertain cash amounts, the values of which are determined by interest rates. The Company’s derivative financial instruments are used to manage differences in the amount, timing, and duration of the Company’s known or expected cash receipts and its known or expected cash payments principally related to certain fixed rate assets and liabilities. The Company also has interest rate derivatives that result from a service provided to certain qualifying customers and, therefore, are not used to manage interest rate risk of the Company’s assets or liabilities. The Company has entered into an offsetting position for each of these derivative instruments with a matching instrument from another financial institution in order to minimize its net risk exposure resulting from such transactions.

Fair Values of Derivative Instruments on the Consolidated Balance Sheets

The table below presents the fair value of the Company’s derivative financial instruments as of December 31, 2015 and 2014. The Company’s derivative asset and derivative liability are located within Other Assets and Other Liabilities, respectively, on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.

This table provides a summary of the fair value of the Company’s derivative assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 (in thousands):

 

     Asset Derivatives      Liability Derivatives  
     December 31,      December 31,  
     2015      2014      2015      2014  

Fair value

           

Interest Rate Products:

           

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

   $ 11,700       $ 7,138       $ 11,921       $ 7,250   

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments

     603         —           337         285   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 12,303       $ 7,138       $ 12,258       $ 7,535   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fair Value Hedges of Interest Rate Risk

The Company is exposed to changes in the fair value of certain of its fixed rate assets and liabilities due to changes in the benchmark interest rate, LIBOR. Interest rate swaps designated as fair value hedges involve either

 

107


Table of Contents

making fixed rate payments to a counterparty in exchange for the Company receiving variable rate payments, or making variable rate payments to a counterparty in exchange for the Company receiving fixed rate payments, over the life of the agreements without the exchange of the underlying notional amount. As of December 31, 2015, the Company had two interest rate swaps with a notional amount of $16.0 million that were designated as fair value hedges of interest rate risk associated with the Company’s fixed rate loan assets and brokered time deposits.

For derivatives designated and that qualify as fair value hedges, the gain or loss on the derivative as well as the offsetting loss or gain on the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk are recognized in earnings. The Company includes the gain or loss on the hedged items in the same line item as the offsetting loss or gain on the related derivatives. During the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company recognized no losses and net losses of $27 thousand, respectively, in other noninterest expense related to hedge ineffectiveness.

Cash Flow Hedges of Interest Rate Risk

The Company is exposed to changes in the fair value of certain of its variable-rate liabilities due to changes in the benchmark interest rate, LIBOR. Interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges involve the receipt of variable amounts from a counterparty in exchange for the Company making fixed-rate payments over the life of the agreements without exchange of the underlying notional amount. As of December 31, 2015, the Company had two interest rate swaps with a notional amount of $51.5 million that were designated as cash flow hedges of interest rate risk associated with the Company’s variable rate subordinated debentures issued by Marquette Capital Trusts III and IV. For derivatives designated and that qualify as cash flow hedges, the effective portion of changes in fair value is recorded in AOCI and is subsequently reclassified into earnings in the period that the hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings. The ineffective portion of the change in fair value of the derivatives is recognized directly into earnings gain or loss on the derivative as well as the offsetting loss or gain on the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk are recognized in earnings. During the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company recognized net losses of $10 thousand in AOCI for the effective portion of the change in fair value of these cash flow hedges. During the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company did not record any hedge ineffectiveness in earnings. Amounts reported in AOCI related to derivatives will be reclassified to Interest expense as interest payments are received or paid on the Company’s derivatives. The Company does not expect to reclassify any amounts from AOCI to Interest expense during the next 12 months as the Company’s derivatives are effective after December 2018.

Non-designated Hedges

The remainder of the Company’s derivatives are not designated in qualifying hedging relationships. Derivatives not designated as hedges are not speculative and result from a service the Company provides to certain customers, which the Company implemented in 2010. The Company executes interest rate swaps with commercial banking customers to facilitate their respective risk management strategies. Those interest rate swaps are simultaneously offset by interest rate swaps that the Company executes with a third party, such that the Company minimizes its net risk exposure resulting from such transactions. As the interest rate swaps associated with this program do not meet the strict hedge accounting requirements, changes in the fair value of both the customer swaps and the offsetting swaps are recognized directly in earnings. As of December 31, 2015, the Company had 40 interest rate swaps with an aggregate notional amount of $514.0 million related to this program. During the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company recognized net losses of $110 thousand and $207 thousand, respectively, related to changes in the fair value of these swaps. As of December 31, 2015, the Company is hedging its exposure to the variability in future cash flows for forecasted transactions over a maximum period of 35 months.

 

108


Table of Contents

Effect of Derivative Instruments on the Consolidated Statements of Income and Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

This table provides a summary of the amount of gain or loss recognized in other noninterest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Income related to the Company’s derivative asset and liability as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 (in thousands):

 

         Amount of (Loss) Gain Recognized    
For the Year Ended December 31,
 
     2015      2014  

Interest Rate Products

     

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

   $ (110    $ (207
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ (110    $ (207
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest Rate Products

     

Derivatives designated as fair value hedging instruments

     

Fair value adjustments on derivatives

   $ (234    $ (361

Fair value adjustments on hedged items

     234         334   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ —         $ (27
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

This table provides a summary of the amount of gain or loss recognized in AOCI in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income related to the Company’s derivative asset and liability as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 (in thousands):

 

    

    Amount of Loss Recognized in Other    
Comprehensive Income  on Derivatives
(Effective Portion)

For the Year Ended

December 31,

 

Derivatives in Cash Flow Hedging Relationships

   2015      2014  

Interest rate products

     

Derivatives designed as cash flow hedging instruments

   $ (10    $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ (10    $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Credit-risk-related Contingent Features

The Company has agreements with certain of its derivative counterparties that contain a provision where if the Company defaults on any of its indebtedness, including default where repayment of the indebtedness has not been accelerated by the lender, then the Company could also be declared in default on its derivative obligations.

As of December 31, 2015, the termination value of derivatives in a net liability position, which includes accrued interest, related to these agreements was $12.6 million. The Company has minimum collateral posting thresholds with certain of its derivative counterparties and has not yet reached its minimum collateral posting threshold under these agreements. If the Company had breached any of these provisions at December 31, 2015, it could have been required to settle its obligations under the agreements at the termination value.

18. DISCLOSURES ABOUT FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The following table presents information about the Company’s assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2015, and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation techniques utilized by the Company to determine such fair value.

 

109


Table of Contents

Fair values determined by Level 1 inputs utilize quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities that the Company has the ability to access. Fair values determined by Level 2 inputs utilize inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. Level 2 inputs include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, and inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability, such as interest rates and yield curves that are observable at commonly quoted intervals. Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability, and include situations where there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability. In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the hierarchy. In such cases, the fair value is determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety.

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 (in thousands):

 

     Fair Value Measurement at Reporting Date Using  

Description

   December 31,
2015
     Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets

(Level 1)
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs

(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
 

Assets

           

U.S. Treasury

   $ 400       $ 400       $ —         $ —     

U.S. Agencies

     1,309         —           1,309         —     

Mortgage-backed

     —           —           —           —     

State and political subdivisions

     10,200         —           10,200         —     

Trading – other

     17,708         17,708         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Trading securities

     29,617         18,108         11,509         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury

     349,779         349,779         —           —     

U.S. Agencies

     666,389         —           666,389         —     

Mortgage-backed

     3,572,446         —           3,572,446         —     

State and political subdivisions

     2,138,413         —           2,138,413         —     

Corporates

     79,922         79,922         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Available for sale securities

     6,806,949         429,701         6,377,248         —     

Company-owned life insurance

     31,205         —           31,205         —     

Bank-owned life insurance

     202,991         —           202,991      

Derivatives

     12,303         —           12,303         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 7,083,065       $ 447,809       $ 6,635,256       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

           

Deferred compensation

   $ 32,937       $ 32,937       $ —         $ —     

Contingent consideration liability

     17,718         —           —           17,718   

Derivatives

     12,258         —           12,258         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 62,913       $ 32,937       $ 12,258       $ 17,718   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

110


Table of Contents
     Fair Value Measurement at Reporting Date Using  

Description

   December 31,
2014
     Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets

(Level 1)
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs

(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
 

Assets

           

U.S. Treasury

   $ 400       $ 400       $ —         $ —     

U.S. Agencies

     1,315         —           1,315         —     

Mortgage-backed

     —           —           —           —     

State and political subdivisions

     7,381         —           7,381         —     

Trading – other

     18,107         18,106         1         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Trading securities

     27,203         18,506         8,697         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury

     519,460         519,460         —           —     

U.S. Agencies

     990,689         —           990,689         —     

Mortgage-backed

     3,277,604         —           3,277,604         —     

State and political subdivisions

     2,001,357         —           2,001,357         —     

Corporates

     122,826         122,826         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Available for sale securities

     6,911,936         642,286         6,269,650         —     

Company-owned life insurance

     26,886         —           26,886         —     

Derivatives

     7,138         —           7,138         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 6,973,163       $ 660,792       $ 6,312,371       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

           

Deferred compensation

   $ 26,885       $ 26,885       $ —         $ —     

Contingent consideration liability

     53,411         —           —           53,411   

Derivatives

     7,535         —           7,535         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 87,831       $ 26,885       $ 7,535       $ 53,411   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table reconciles the beginning and ending fair value of balances of the contingent consideration liability:

 

     December 31,  
     2015      2014  

Beginning balance

   $ 53,411       $ 46,201   

Contingency reserve

     —           14,272   

Payment of contingent consideration on acquisitions

     (32,685      (13,725

Income from fair value adjustments

     (3,008      —     

Expense from fair value adjustments

     —           6,663   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 17,718       $ 53,411   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company recorded contingency reserve expense of $20.3 million in its Consolidated Statements of Income related to the resolution of the PCM dispute. On June 30, 2014, the Company made a payment of $6.0 million, reducing the remaining contingency reserve to $14.3 million. The settlement agreement amends the original asset purchase agreement dated June 27, 2010, and subsequent to the settlement, the remaining contingency reserve liability has been included in the table above as additional contingent consideration recorded at fair value. Fair value adjustments made subsequent to settlement are included in the table above as expense from fair value adjustments. The remaining contingency reserve liability related to this settlement agreement was fully paid in 2015.

 

111


Table of Contents

The following table presents certain quantitative information about the significant unobservable input used in the fair value measurement for the contingent consideration liability measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3):

 

Description

   Valuation
Techniques
   Significant
Unobservable Inputs
   Range  

Liabilities

        

Contingent consideration liability

   Discounted cash flows    Revenue and expense

growth percentage

     (1%) - 102%   

An increase in the revenue growth percentage may result in a significantly higher estimated fair value of the contingent consideration liability. Alternatively, a decrease in the revenue growth percentage may result in a significantly lower estimated fair value of the contingent consideration liability.

Valuation methods for instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instruments measured on a recurring basis:

Trading Securities Fair values for trading securities (including financial futures), are based on quoted market prices where available. If quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on quoted market prices for similar securities.

Securities Available for Sale and Investment Securities Fair values are based on quoted market prices or dealer quotes, if available. If a quoted market price is not available, fair value is estimated using quoted market prices for similar securities. Prices are provided by third-party pricing services and are based on observable market inputs. On an annual basis, the Company compares a sample of these prices to other independent sources for the same securities. Additionally, throughout the year if securities are sold, comparisons are made between the pricing services prices and the market prices at which the securities were sold. Variances are analyzed, and, if appropriate, additional research is conducted with the third-party pricing services. Based on this research, the pricing services may affirm or revise their quoted price. No significant adjustments have been made to the prices provided by the pricing services. The pricing services also provide documentation on an ongoing basis that includes reference data, inputs and methodology by asset class, which is reviewed to ensure that security placement within the fair value hierarchy is appropriate.

Company-owned Life Insurance Fair value is equal to the cash surrender value of the life insurance policies.

Bank-owned Life Insurance Fair value is equal to the cash surrender value of the life insurance policies.

Derivatives Fair values are determined using valuation techniques including discounted cash flow analysis on the expected cash flows of each derivative. This analysis reflects the contractual terms of the derivatives, including the period to maturity, and uses observable market-based inputs, including interest rate curves, foreign exchange rates, and implied volatilities. The Company incorporates credit valuation adjustments to appropriately reflect both its own nonperformance risk and the respective counterparty’s nonperformance risk in the fair value measurements. In adjusting the fair value of its derivative contracts for the effect of nonperformance risk, the Company has considered the impact of netting and any applicable credit enhancements, such as collateral postings, thresholds, mutual puts, and guarantees.

Deferred Compensation Fair values are based on quoted market prices or dealer quotes.

Contingent Consideration The fair value of contingent consideration liabilities are derived from a discounted cash flow model of future contingent payments. The valuation of these liabilities are estimated by a collaborative effort of the Company’s mergers and acquisitions group, business unit management, and the

 

112


Table of Contents

corporate accounting group. These future contingent payments are calculated based on estimates of future income and expense from each acquisition. These estimated cash flows are projected by the business unit management and reviewed by the mergers and acquisitions group. To obtain a current valuation of these projected cash flows, an expected present value technique is utilized to calculate a discount rate. The cash flow projections and discount rates are reviewed quarterly and updated as market conditions necessitate. Potential valuation adjustments are made as future income and expense projections for each acquisition are made which affect the calculation of the related contingent consideration payment. These adjustments are recorded through noninterest expense.

Assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 (in thousands):

 

            Fair Value Measurement at December 31,
2015 Using
        

Description

   December 31,
2015
     Quoted
Prices in
Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets

(Level 1)
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs

(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
     Total
(Losses)
Recognized
During the
Twelve
Months
Ended
December 31
 

Impaired loans

   $ 22,885       $ —         $ —         $ 22,885       $ (3,957

Other real estate owned

     3,269         —           —           3,269         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 26,154       $ —         $ —         $ 26,154       $ (3,957
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
            Fair Value Measurement at December 31,
2014 Using
        

Description

   December 31,
2014
     Quoted
Prices in
Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets

(Level 1)
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs

(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
     Total
Gains
Recognized
During the
Twelve
Months
Ended
December 31
 

Impaired loans

   $ 5,122       $ —         $ —         $ 5,122       $ 2,345   

Other real estate owned

     208         —           —           208         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 5,330       $ —         $ —         $ 5,330       $ 2,345   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Valuation methods for instruments measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instruments measured on a non-recurring basis:

Impaired loans While the overall loan portfolio is not carried at fair value, adjustments are recorded on certain loans to reflect write-downs that are based on the external appraisal value of the underlying collateral. The external appraisals are generally based on recent sales of comparable properties which are then adjusted for the unique characteristics of the property being valued. In the case of non-real estate collateral, reliance is placed on a variety of sources, including external estimates of value and judgments based on the experience and expertise of internal specialists within the Company’s property management group and the Company’s credit department. The valuation of the impaired loans is reviewed on a quarterly basis. Because many of these inputs are not observable, the measurements are classified as Level 3.

Other real estate owned Other real estate owned consists of loan collateral which has been repossessed through foreclosure. This collateral is comprised of commercial and residential real estate and other non-real estate property, including auto, recreational and marine vehicles. Other real estate owned is recorded as held for sale initially at the lower of the loan balance or fair value of the collateral. The initial valuation of the foreclosed

 

113


Table of Contents

property is obtained through an appraisal process similar to the process described in the impaired loans paragraph above. Subsequent to foreclosure, valuations are reviewed quarterly and updated periodically, and the assets may be marked down further, reflecting a new cost basis. Fair value measurements may be based upon appraisals, third-party price opinions, or internally developed pricing methods and those measurements are classified as Level 3.

Goodwill Valuation of goodwill to determine impairment is performed annually, or more frequently if there is an event or circumstance that would indicate impairment may have occurred. The process involves calculations to determine the fair value of each reporting unit on a stand-alone basis. A combination of formulas using current market multiples, based on recent sales of financial institutions within the Company’s geographic marketplace, is used to estimate the fair value of each reporting unit. That fair value is compared to the carrying amount of the reporting unit, including its recorded goodwill. Impairment is considered to have occurred if the fair value of the reporting unit is lower than the carrying amount of the reporting unit. The fair value of the Company’s common stock relative to its computed book value per share is also considered as part of the overall evaluation. These measurements are classified as Level 3.

Fair value disclosures require disclosure of the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities, including those financial assets and financial liabilities that are not measured and reported at fair value on a recurring basis or non-recurring basis. The estimated fair value of the Company’s financial instruments at December, 31, 2015 and 2014 are as follows (in millions):

 

     Fair Value Measurement at December 31, 2015 Using  
     Carrying
Amount
     Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets

(Level 1)
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs

(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
     Total
Estimated
Fair Value
 

FINANCIAL ASSETS

              

Cash and short-term investments

   $ 1,154.7       $ 997.0       $ 157.7       $ —         $ 1,154.7   

Securities available for sale

     6,806.9         429.7         6,377.2         —           6,806.9   

Securities held to maturity

     667.1         —           691.4         —           691.4   

Other securities

     65.2         —           65.2         —           65.2   

Trading securities

     29.6         18.1         11.5         —           29.6   

Loans (exclusive of allowance for loan loss)

     9,431.3         —           9,452.1         —           9,452.1   

Derivatives

     12.3         —           12.3         —           12.3   

FINANCIAL LIABILITIES

              

Demand and savings deposits

     13,836.9         13,836.9         —           —           13,836.9   

Time deposits

     1,255.9         —           1,255.9         —           1,255.9   

Other borrowings

     1,823.1         66.9         1,756.2         —           1,823.1   

Long-term debt

     86.1         —           86.4         —           86.4   

Derivatives

     12.3         —           12.3         —           12.3   

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

              

Commitments to extend credit for loans

                 4.9   

Commercial letters of credit

                 0.3   

Standby letters of credit

                 2.6   

 

114


Table of Contents
     Fair Value Measurement at December 31, 2014 Using  
     Carrying
Amount
     Quoted
Prices in
Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets

(Level 1)
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs

(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
     Total
Estimated
Fair Value
 

FINANCIAL ASSETS

              

Cash and short-term investments

   $ 2,101.8       $ 2,006.3       $ 95.5       $ —         $ 2,101.8   

Securities available for sale

     6,911.9         642.3         6,269.6         —           6,911.9   

Securities held to maturity

     278.1         —           304.1         —           304.1   

Other securities

     68.5         —           68.5         —           68.5   

Trading securities

     27.2         18.5         8.7         —           27.2   

Loans (exclusive of allowance for loan loss)

     7,466.4         —           7,483.3         —           7,483.3   

Derivatives

     7.1         —           7.1         —           7.1   

FINANCIAL LIABILITIES

        

Demand and savings deposits

     12,353.3         12,353.3         —           —           12,353.3   

Time deposits

     1,263.6         —           1,263.6         —           1,263.6   

Other borrowings

     2,025.1         42.0         1,983.1         —           2,025.1   

Long-term debt

     8.8         —           9.1         —           9.1   

Derivatives

     7.5         —           7.5         —           7.5   

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

           

Commitments to extend credit for loans

              5.7   

Commercial letters of credit

              0.2   

Standby letters of credit

              2.4   

Cash and short-term investments The carrying amounts of cash and due from banks, federal funds sold and resell agreements are reasonable estimates of their fair values.

Securities held to maturity Fair value of held-to-maturity securities are estimated by discounting the future cash flows using current market rates.

Other securities Amount consists of FRB and FHLB stock held by the Company, PCM equity-method investments, and other miscellaneous investments. The fair value of FRB and FHLB stock is considered to be the carrying value as no readily determinable market exists for these investments because they can only be redeemed with the FRB or FHLB. The fair value of PCM marketable equity-method investments are based on quoted market prices used to estimate the value of the underlying investment. For non-marketable equity-method investments, the Company’s proportionate share of the income or loss is recognized on a one-quarter lag based on the valuation of the underlying investment(s).

Loans Fair values are estimated for portfolios with similar financial characteristics. Loans are segregated by type, such as commercial, real estate, consumer, and credit card. Each loan category is further segmented into fixed and variable interest rate categories. The fair value of loans is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings and for the same remaining maturities.

Demand and savings deposits The fair value of demand deposits and savings accounts is the amount payable on demand at December 31, 2015 and 2014.

Time deposits The fair value of fixed-maturity certificates of deposit is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the rates that are currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.

Other borrowings The carrying amounts of federal funds purchased, repurchase agreements and other short-term debt are reasonable estimates of their fair value because of the short-term nature of their maturities.

 

115


Table of Contents

Long-term debt Rates currently available to the Company for debt with similar terms and remaining maturities are used to estimate fair value of existing debt.

Other off-balance sheet instruments The fair value of loan commitments and letters of credit are determined based on the fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreement and the present creditworthiness of the counterparties. Neither the fees earned during the year on these instruments nor their fair value at year-end are significant to the Company’s consolidated financial position.

19. PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL INFORMATION

UMB FINANCIAL CORPORATION

 

     December 31,  
     2015      2014  

BALANCE SHEETS (in thousands)

     

ASSETS

     

Investment in subsidiaries:

     

Banks

   $ 1,596,292       $ 1,312,575   

Non-banks

     214,181         187,329   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investment in subsidiaries

     1,810,473         1,499,904   

Goodwill on purchased affiliates

     5,011         5,011   

Cash

     74,432         80,958   

Securities available for sale and other

     79,635         65,628   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 1,969,551       $ 1,651,501   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

     

Long-term debt

   $ 66,158       $ —     

Accrued expenses and other

     9,699         7,743   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     75,857         7,743   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity

     1,893,694         1,643,758   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 1,969,551       $ 1,651,501   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

116


Table of Contents

STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (in thousands)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2015      2014      2013  

INCOME

        

Dividends and income received from subsidiaries

   $ 27,913       $ 31,000       $ 54,750   

Service fees from subsidiaries

     44,350         35,206         33,443   

Other

     891         2,504         387   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total income

     73,154         68,710         88,580   

EXPENSE

        

Salaries and employee benefits

     41,019         33,556         32,223   

Other

     22,051         17,037         9,198   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total expense

     63,070         50,593         41,421   

Income before income taxes and equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries

     10,084         18,117         47,159   

Income tax benefit

     (5,301      (5,227      (4,307
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries

     15,385         23,344         51,466   

Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries:

        

Banks

     95,942         94,833         64,674   

Non-Banks

     4,746         2,478         17,825   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 116,073       $ 120,655       $ 133,965   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other comprehensive (loss) income

     (14,724      43,646         (118,228
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

   $ 101,349       $ 164,301       $ 15,737   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

117


Table of Contents
     Year Ended December 31,  
     2015     2014     2013  

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (in thousands)

      

OPERATING ACTIVITIES

      

Net income

   $ 116,073      $ 120,655      $ 133,965   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash used in operating activities:

      

Equity in earnings of subsidiaries

     (128,601     (128,311     (137,249

Dividends received from subsidiaries

     27,913        31,000        —     

Net decrease in securities available for sale

     211        6,397        6,181   

Equity based compensation

     10,751        9,661        —     

Other

     220        (9,071     (8,467
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     26,567        30,331        (5,570
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

INVESTING ACTIVITIES

      

Net capital investment in subsidiaries

     (16,513     (24,200     (156,000

Net cash activity from acquisition

     24,962        —          —     

Dividends received from subsidiaries

     —          —          54,750   

Net capital proceeds (expenditures) for premises and equipment

     332        154        (406
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     8,781        (24,046     (101,656
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

FINANCING ACTIVITIES

      

Proceeds from short-term debt

     —          —          —     

Cash dividends paid

     (45,967     (41,364     (36,168

Common stock issuance

     —          —          231,430   

Other

     4,093        5,105        15,903   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

     (41,874     (36,259     211,165   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash

     (6,526     (29,974     103,939   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     80,958        110,932        6,993   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 74,432      $ 80,958      $ 110,932   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

118


Table of Contents

20. SUMMARY OF OPERATING RESULTS BY QUARTER (unaudited) (in thousands except per share data)

 

     Three Months Ended  

2015

   March 31      June 30      Sept 30      Dec 31  

Interest income

   $ 93,953         101,884         115,229         119,615   

Interest expense

     3,595         4,524         5,334         5,161   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income

     90,358         97,360         109,895         114,454   

Provision for loan losses

     3,000         5,000         2,500         5,000   

Noninterest income

     125,207         119,550         109,098         112,599   

Noninterest expense

     164,413         171,964         185,279         182,080   

Income tax expense

     14,387         9,732         8,763         10,330   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 33,765         30,214         22,451         29,643   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

2014

   March 31      June 30      Sept 30      Dec 31  

Interest income

   $ 89,047       $ 89,789       $ 90,817       $ 94,218   

Interest expense

     3,602         3,619         3,291         3,304   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income

     85,445         86,170         87,526         90,914   

Provision for loan losses

     4,500         5,000         4,500         3,000   

Noninterest income

     122,964         134,001         126,475         115,248   

Noninterest expense

     171,931         166,201         161,151         166,397   

Income tax expense

     8,565         14,298         12,720         9,825   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 23,413       $ 34,672       $ 35,630       $ 26,940   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Per Share    Three Months Ended  

2015

   March 31      June 30      Sept 30      Dec 31  

Net income – basic

   $ 0.75         0.65         0.46         0.61   

Net income – diluted

     0.74         0.65         0.46         0.60   

Dividend

     0.235         0.235         0.235         0.245   

Book value

     36.76         37.68         38.56         38.34   
Per Share                            

2014

   March 31      June 30      Sept 30      Dec 31  

Net income – basic

   $ 0.52       $ 0.77       $ 0.79       $ 0.60   

Net income – diluted

     0.52         0.76         0.78         0.59   

Dividend

     0.225         0.225         0.225         0.235   

Book value

     33.94         35.21         35.51         36.10   

 

119


Table of Contents

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Disclosure Controls and Procedures At the end of the period covered by this report on Form 10-K, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have each evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s “Disclosure Controls and Procedures” (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act) and have concluded that the Company’s Disclosure Controls and Procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this report on Form 10-K.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting Management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate “internal control over financial reporting,” as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act. Under the supervision and with the participation of management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, and effected by the Board, management and other personnel, an evaluation of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting was conducted based on the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission’s Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013). Because this assessment was conducted to meet the reporting requirements of Section 112 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act (FDICIA), it included controls over the preparation of the schedules equivalent to the basic financial statements in accordance with the instructions for the Consolidated Financial Statements for Bank Holding Companies (Form FR Y-9C).

Management chose to exclude from its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, Marquette’s internal control over financial reporting based on the timing of the acquisition, which was completed on May 31, 2015. Marquette constituted approximately 6.1 percent of total assets for the year ended December 31, 2015.

Based on the evaluation under the framework in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013), the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have each concluded that internal control over financial reporting was effective at the end of the period covered by this report on Form 10-K. KPMG LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited the financial statements included within this report, has issued an attestation report on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting at the end of the period covered by this report. KPMG LLP’s attestation report is set forth below.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting As a result of the acquisition of Marquette, we have begun to integrate certain business processes and systems of Marquette. Accordingly, certain changes have been made and will continue to be made to our internal control over financial reporting until such time as this integration is complete. There have been no other changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting occurred that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, such controls during the last quarter of the period covered by this report.

 

120


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of

UMB Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries:

We have audited UMB Financial Corporation and subsidiaries’ (the Company) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Because management’s assessment and our audit were conducted to also meet the reporting requirements of Section 112 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act (FDICIA), management’s assessment and our audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting included controls over the preparation of the schedules equivalent to the basic financial statements in accordance with the instructions to the Consolidated Financial Statements for Bank Holding Companies (Form FR Y-9 C). A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

Management chose to exclude from its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, Marquette Financial Companies’ (Marquette) internal control over financial reporting, which was acquired on May 31, 2015. Marquette constituted approximately 6.1% of total assets for the year ended December 31, 2015. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting of the Company also excluded an evaluation of the internal control over financial reporting of Marquette.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the

 

121


Table of Contents

related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for the years then ended, and our report dated February 25, 2016 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Kansas City, Missouri

February 25, 2016

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

None

PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The information required by this item relating to executive officers is included in Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K (pages 10 through 11) under the caption “Executive Officers of the Registrants.”

The information required by this item regarding Directors is incorporated herein by reference to information to be included under the caption “Proposal #1: Election of Directors” of the Company’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on April 26, 2016 (the 2016 Annual Meeting of Shareholders), which will be provided to shareholders within 120 days of December 31, 2015.

The information required by this item regarding the Audit Committee and the Audit Committee financial experts is incorporated herein by reference to information to be included under the caption “Corporate Governance – Committees of the Board of Directors – Audit Committee” of the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 2016 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, which will be provided to shareholders within 120 days of December 31, 2015.

The information required by this item concerning Section 16(a) beneficial ownership reporting compliance is incorporated herein by reference to information to be included under the caption “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” of the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 2016 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, which will be provided to shareholders within 120 days of December 31, 2015.

The Company has adopted a code of ethics that applies to all directors, officers and employees, including its chief executive officer, chief financial officer and chief accounting officer. You can find the Company’s code of ethics on its website by going to the following address: www.umb.com/aboutumb/investorrelations. The Company will post any amendments to the code of ethics, as well as any waivers that are required to be disclosed, under the rules of either the SEC or NASDAQ. A copy of the code of ethics will be provided, at no charge, to any person requesting same, by written notice sent to the Company’s Corporate Secretary, 6th floor, 1010 Grand Blvd., Kansas City, Missouri 64106.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to information to be included under the Executive Compensation section of the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 2016 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, which will be provided to shareholders within 120 days of December 31, 2015.

 

122


Table of Contents

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s 2016 Proxy Statement to information to be included under the caption “Stock Ownership – Principal Shareholders,” which will be provided to shareholders within 120 days of December 31, 2015.

Security Ownership of Management

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 2016 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, which will be provided to shareholders within 120 days of December 31, 2015, under the caption “Stock Beneficially Owned by Directors and Nominees and Executive Officers.”

The following table summarizes shares authorized for issuance under the Company’s equity compensation plans.

 

     Number of securities
to be issued upon
exercise of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights
     Weighted
average exercise
price of
outstanding
options, warrants
and rights
     Number of securities
remaining available for
future issuance under
equity compensation plan
 

Plan Category

        

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

        

2002 Incentive Stock Option Plan

     180,436         38.61         None   

2005 Long-term Incentive Plan Non-Qualified Stock Options

     1,339,747         45.73         5,093,321   

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

     None         None         None   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     1,520,183         45.73         5,093,321   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

123


Table of Contents

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the information to be provided under the captions “Corporate Governance – Certain Transactions” and “Corporate Governance – Director Independence” of the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 2016 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, which will be provided to shareholders within 120 days of December 31, 2015.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the information to be provided under the caption “Proposal #2: Ratification of Selection of Independent Public Accountants” of the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 2016 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, which will be provided to shareholders within 120 days of December 31, 2015.

 

124


Table of Contents

PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

Consolidated Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedules

The following Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company are included in item 8 of this Annual Report of Form 10-K.

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2015 and 2014

Consolidated Statements of Income for the Three Years Ended December 31, 2015

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Three Years Ended December 31, 2015

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Three Years Ended December 31, 2015

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the Three Years Ended December 31, 2015

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Independent Auditors’ Report

Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for the parent company only may be found in item 8 above. All other schedules have been omitted because the required information is presented in the Consolidated Financial Statements or in the notes thereto, the amounts involved are not significant or the required subject matter is not applicable.

Exhibits

The following Exhibit Index lists the Exhibits to Form 10-K:

 

    2.1    Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated December 15, 2015, among Marquette Financial Corporation, the Company, and Lakes Merger Sub LLC, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on December 15, 2015.
    3.1    Restated Articles of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2006 and filed with the Commission on May 9, 2006).
    3.2    Bylaws, amended as of October 28, 2014 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K and filed with the Commission on November 3, 2014.
    4    Description of the Registrant’s common stock in Amendment No. 1 on Form 8 to its General Form for Registration of Securities on Form 10 dated March 5, 1993. The following portions of those documents define some of the rights of the holders of the Registrant’s common stock, par value $1.00 per share: Articles III (authorized shares), X (amendment of the Bylaws) and XI (amendment of the Articles of Incorporation) of the Articles of Incorporation and Articles II (shareholder meetings), Sections 2 (number and classes of directors) and 3 (election and removal of directors) of Article III, Section 1 (stock certificates) of Article VII and Section 4 (indemnification) of Article IX of the By-laws. Note: No long-term debt instrument issued by the Registrant exceeds 10% of the consolidated total assets of the Registrant and its subsidiaries. In accordance with paragraph (b) 4 (iii) of Item 601 of Regulation S-K, the Registrant will furnish to the Commission, upon request, copies of long-term debt instruments and related agreements.
  10.1    2002 Incentive Stock Option Plan, amended and restated as of April 22, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Appendix B of the Company’s Proxy Statement for the Company’s April 22, 2008 Annual Meeting filed with the Commission on March 17, 2008).
  10.2    UMB Financial Corporation Long-Term Incentive Compensation Plan amended and restated as of April 23, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Appendix A of the Company’s Proxy Statement for the Company’s April 23, 2013 Annual Meeting filed with the Commission on March 13, 2013).

 

125


Table of Contents
  10.3    Deferred Compensation Plan, dated as of April 20, 1995 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Company’s Form 10-K filed on March 12, 2003).
  10.4    UMBF 2005 Short-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Form 10-K for December 31, 2004 and filed with the Commission on March 14, 2005).
  10.5    Stock purchase agreement between the Company and Prairie Capital Management, LLC dated June 27, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2010 and filed with the Commission on August 4, 2010).
  10.6    Asset purchase agreement between the Company and Reams Asset Management Company, LLC, MME Investments, LLC, Mark M. Egan, David B. McKinney, Hilltop Capital, LLC, Thomas M. Fink, Stephen T. Vincent, Todd C. Thompson, Deanne B. Olson, Daniel P. Spurgeon dated September 1, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2010 and filed with the Commission on November 4, 2010).
  10.7    Scout Investments Retention and Annual Performance Program (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on December 12, 2012).
  10.8    Annual Variable Pay Plan Scout Investments/Leadership, January 1, 2014 – December 31, 2014 for Andrew Iseman (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on February 14, 2014).
  10.9    Annual Variable Pay Plan UMB Fund Services/Leadership, January 1, 2014-December 31, 2014 for John Zader (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on February 14, 2014).
  10.10    Settlement Agreement and Release, dated June 30, 2014, among the Company, Prairie Capital Management, LLC, UMB Merchant Banc, LLC, P-Cap Holdings, LLC, P-Gen, LLC, Brian N. Kaufman, Robyn R. Schneider, Curtis A. Krizek, George K. Baum Holdings, Inc., and the Plan Committee established pursuant to the related Asset Purchase Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on July 3, 2014).
  10.11    Employment offer letter between the Company and Jennifer Payne dated December 11, 2016.
  21    Subsidiaries of the Registrant
  23.1    Consent of Independent Auditors – KPMG LLP
  23.2    Consent of Independent Auditors – Deloitte & Touche LLP
  24    Powers of Attorney
  31.1    CEO Certification pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
  31.2    CFO Certification pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
  32.1    CEO Certification pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
  32.2    CFO Certification pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
101.INS   

XBRL Instance

101.SCH   

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema

101.CAL   

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation

101.DEF   

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition

101.LAB   

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Labels

101.PRE   

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation

 

126


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

UMB FINANCIAL CORPORATION
 

/s/ J. Mariner Kemper

 
 

J. Mariner Kemper

Chairman of the Board,

Chief Executive Officer

 
 

/s/ Michael D. Hagedorn

 
 

Michael D. Hagedorn

Chief Financial Officer

 
 

/s/ Brian J. Walker

 
 

Brian J. Walker

Chief Accounting Officer

 

Date: February 25, 2016

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities on the date indicated.

 

Robin C. Beery

  Director  

Nancy K. Buese

   Director
Robin C. Beery     Nancy K. Buese   

Kevin C. Gallagher

  Director  

Terrence P. Dunn

   Director
Kevin C. Gallagher     Terrence P. Dunn   

Alexander C. Kemper

  Director  

Gregory M. Graves

   Director
Alexander C. Kemper     Gregory M. Graves   

Thomas D. Sanders

  Director  

Kris A. Robbins

   Director
Thomas D. Sanders     Kris A. Robbins   

Paul Uhlmann III

  Director  

L. Joshua Sosland

   Director
Paul Uhlmann III     L. Joshua Sosland   
   

Leroy J. Williams

   Director
    Leroy J. Williams   
   

/s/ J. Mariner Kemper

   Director, Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer
    J. Mariner Kemper   
    Attorney-in-Fact for each director   

 

127